Unit 1. THE GENERATION GAP PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY afford
/ə'fɔ:d/
(v.)
có khả năng chi trả
attitude
/'ætɪtju:d/
(n.)
thái độ
burden
/'bɜ:dn/
(n.)
gánh nặng
casual
/'kæʒuəl/
(adj.)
bình thường, thường ngày
comfortable
/'kʌmftəbl/
(adj.)
thoải mái, dễ chịu
compare
/kəm'peə(r)/
(v.)
so sánh
conflict
/ kɒnflɪkt/
(n.)
cuộc xung đột
control
/kən'trəʊl/
(v.)
điểu khiển, chỉ đạo
curfew
/'kə:fju:/
(n.)
lệnh giới nghiêm
dye
/daɪ/
(v.)
nhuộm
elegant
/'elɪgənt/
(adj.)
thanh lịch, tao nhã
flashy
/'flæʃi/
(adj.)
diện, hào nhoáng
forbid
/fə'bɪd/
(v.)
cấm, ngăn cấm
force
/fɔ:s/
(v.)
bắt buộc
frustrating
/frʌs'treɪtɪŋ/
(adj.)
khó chịu, bực mình
interact
/ˌɪntə'rækt/
(v.)
tương tác, giao tiếp
judge
/dʒʌdʒ/
(v.)
phán xét, đánh giá
mature
/mə'tʃʊə(r)/
(adj.)
trưởng thành, chín chắn
norm
/nɔ:m/
(n.)
chuẩn mực
obey
/ə'beɪ/
(v.)
vâng lời, tuân thủ
pierce
/pɪəs/
(v.)
xấu khuyên (tai, mũi...)
rude
/ru:d/
(adj.)
thô lỗ, lỗ mãng
sibling
/'sɪblɪŋ/
(n.)
anh/ chị/ em ruột
skinny
/skɪni/
(adj.)
bó sát, ôm sát
spit
/spɪt/
(v.)
khạc nhổ
swear
/sweə(r)/
(v)
thề, chửi thề
tight
/taɪt/
(adj.)
bó sát, chật
trend
/trend/
(n.)
xu hướng
trivial
/'trɪviəl/
(adj.)
nhỏ nhặt/ lặt vặt
value
/'vælju:/
(n.)
brand name
/brænd neɪm/
(compound n.) nhãn hiệu, thương hiệu
bridge the gap
/brɪdʒ ðə gæp/
(idiom)
giảm thiểu sự khác biệt
change one's mind
/tʃeɪndʒ wʌnz maɪnd/
(idiom)
thay đổi quan điểm
childcare
/'tʃaɪldkeə(r)/
(compound n.) việc chăm sóc con cái
conservative
/kən'sɜ:vətɪv/
(adj.)
bảo thủ
disapproval
/ˌdɪsə'pru:vəl/
(n.)
sự phản đối, không tán thành
disrespect
/ˌdɪsrɪ'spekt/
(v)
không tôn trọng
experienced
/ɪk'spɪəriənst/
(adj.)
có kinh nghiệm
extended family
/ɪk'stendɪd 'fæməli/
(compound n.) gia đình đa thế hệ
extracurricular activity
/ˌekstrəkə'rɪkjələr æk' tɪvəti/ (compound n.) hoạt động ngoại khóa
fashionable
/'fæʃənəbəl/
(adj.)
financial burden
/faɪ'nænʃ1 'bɜ:dən/
(compound n.) gánh nặng tài chính
follow in one's footsteps
/'fɒləʊ ɪn wʌnz 'fʊtsteps/
(idiom)
generation gap
/ˌdʒenəˈreɪʃən ɡæp/
(compound n.) khoảng cách giữa các thế hệ
homestay
/'həʊmsteɪ/
(n)
du lịch nghỉ tại nhà dân
impose ... (on sb)
/ɪm'pəʊz/
(v. phr.)
áp đặt cái gì vào ai
junk food
/ˈdʒʌŋk ˌfuːd/
(compound n.) đồ ăn vặt
multi-generational
/ˈmʌlti ˌdʒenəˈreɪʃənl/
(adj.)
nuclear family
/ˈnjuːkliə ˈfæməli/
giá trị
hợp thời trang, theo mốt theo bước, nối nghiệp
đa thế hệ, nhiều thế hệ (compound n.) gia đình hạt nhân
objection
/əbˈdʒekʃən/
(n.)
sự phản kháng
open-minded
/ˈəʊpən ˈmaɪndɪd/
(adj.)
cởi mở
outweigh
/ˌaʊtˈweɪ/
(v)
vượt trội, nhiều hơn
perception
/pəˈsepʃən/
(n.)
nhận thức
perspective
/pəˈspektɪv/
(n.)
góc nhìn/ quan điểm
privacy
/ˈprɪvəsi/
(n.)
sự riêng tư
relaxation
/ˌri:lækˈseɪʃən/
(n.)
thư giãn, giải trí
responsible nhiệm
/rɪˈspɒnsəbəl/
(adj.)
có trách nhiệm, chịu trách
state-owned
/steɪt əʊnd/
(adj.)
thuộc về nhà nước
soft drink
/ˌsɒft ˈdrɪŋk/
(n.)
nước ngọt, đồ uống có ga
table manners
/ˈteɪbəl ˈmænərz/
(compound n.) cung cách ứng xử tại bàn ăn
taste in
/teɪst ɪn /
(n. phr.)
thị hiếu về, khiếu thẩm mỹ về
viewpoint
/ˈvjuːpɔɪnt/
(n.)
quan điểm
work out
/wɜ:k aʊt/
(phr. v.)
tìm ra
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW Modal Verbs: Must vs. Have to, Should vs. Ought to I. Giới thiệu chung về động từ khuyết thiếu 1. Cách sử dụng Động từ khuyết thiếu được dùng để nêu lên khả năng thực hiện hành động, sự bắt buộc, khả năng xảy ra của sự việc, vv. 2. Hình thức - Theo sau chủ ngữ và đứng trước động từ nguyên thể không có “to” - Không chia theo chủ ngữ (trừ trường hợp “have to”) - Thêm “not” phía sau khi ở dạng phủ định (trừ trường hợp “have to”) Ví dụ: I must go. (Tôi phải đi rồi.) He should not disturb her now. (Anh ta không nên làm phiền cô ấy lúc này.) II. So sánh must và have to 1. Dạng khẳng định Must: Diễn tả sự cần thiết hay bắt buộc mang tính chủ quan (do người nói quyết định) S+ must + V Ví dụ: I must finish the exercises. (Tôi phải hoàn thành bài tập.) Tình huống: Im going to have a party. (Tôi có ý định đi dự tiệc.) Have to: Diễn tả ý bắt buộc mang tính khách quan (do luật lệ, quy tắc hay người khác quyết định) S+ have to/ has to/ had to/ ... + V Ví dụ: I have to finish the exercises. (Tôi phải hoàn thành bài tập.) Tình huống: Tomorrow is the deadline. (Ngày mai là hạn cuối.) 2. Dạng phủ định Must not: Diễn tả ý cấm đoán S+ must not (mustn't) + V Ví dụ: You must not eat that. (Bạn không được phép ăn cái đó.) Tình huống: It's already stale. (Nó đã bị thiu rồi.) Not have to: Diễn tả ý không cần phải làm gì S+ do not (don't)/ does not (doesn't) did not (didn't)/ will not (won't)/ ... + have to + V
Ví dụ: You do not have to eat that. (Bạn không cần phải ăn thứ đó.) Tình huống: I can see you dislike that. (Mình có thể thấy rằng bạn không thích nó.) III. So sánh should và ought to 1. Dạng thức 1.1 Dạng khẳng định: S+ should + V S+ ought to + V Ví dụ: You should see a doctor if your cough gets worse. (Ông nên đi khám bác sĩ nếu bị ho nặng hơn.) You ought to see a doctor if your cough gets worse. (Ông nên đi khám bác sĩ nếu bị ho nặng hơn.) 1.2 Dạng phủ định: S+ should not (shouldn't) + V S+ ought not to (oughtn't to) + V Ví dụ: Mrs. Smith shouldn't keep complaining. (Bà Smith không nên tiếp tục phàn nàn nữa.) Mrs. Smith oughtn't to keep complaining. (Bà Smith không nên tiếp tục phàn nàn nữa.) Lưu ý: Dạng thức phủ định của “ought to” không được sử dụng phổ biến bằng dạng thức phủ định của “should” 1.3 Dạng nghi vấn: Should +S+V Ought + S + to + V Ví dụ: Should we care about the environment? (Chúng ta có nên quan tâm tới môi trường không?) Ought we to care about the environment? (Chúng ta có nên quan tâm tới môi trường không?) Lưu ý: Dạng thức nghi vấn của “ought to” không được sử dụng phổ biến bằng dạng thức nghi vấn của “should” 2. Cách sử dụng 2.1 Điểm giống: Cả “should” và “ought to” được sử dụng khi hỏi và đưa ra lời khuyên hoặc gợi ý. Ví dụ: You should learn English every day. (Bạn nên học tiếng Anh hàng ngày.) You ought to learn English every day. (Bạn nên học tiếng Anh hàng ngày.) 2.2 Điểm khác: Giữa “should” và “ought to” có sự khác biệt nhỏ trong sắc thái của lời khuyên. Should Dùng cho lời khuyến mang tính chủ quan, thể hiện quan điểm cá nhân của người nói Ví dụ: Linda should go to bed early.
Ought to Dùng với những lời khuyên mang yếu tố khách quan, tức là có sự tác động của ngoại cảnh như luật lệ, bổn phận hay quy tắc Ví dụ: Emily ought to finish the report by 10 a.m.
(Linda nên đi ngủ sớm.)
(Emily nên hoàn thành bản báo cáo trước 10 giờ sáng.) PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. bought
B. daughter
C. cough
D. sight
2. A. sure
B. soup
C. sugar
D. machine
3. A. but
B. bury
C. nut
D. young
4. A. measure
B. decision
C. permission
D. pleasure
5. A. dose
B. chose
C. close
D. lose
6. A. position
B. oasis
C. desert
D. resort
7. A. stone
B. zone
C. phone
D. none
8. A. give
B. five
C. hive
D. dive
9. A. switch
B. stomach
C. match
D. catch
10. A. study
B. ready
C. puppy
D. occupy
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. facility
B. characterize
C. irrational
D. variety
2. A. agreement
B. elephant
C. mineral
D. violent
3. A. professor
B. typical
C. accountant
D. develop
4. A. electrician
B. majority
C. appropriate
D. traditional
5. A. decay
B. vanish
C. attack
D. depend
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the odd one out. 1. trend
sibling
prayer
afford
2. casual
rude
conflict
studious
3. sibling
obey
norm
attitude
4. elegant
comfortable
frustrating
trend
5. trivial
dye
browse
afford
6. conflict
burden
norm
mature
7. rude
skinny
tight
pierce
8. curfew
flashy
value
trend
9. attitude
tight
skinny
rude
10. interact
swear
spit
studious
II. Complete the sentences using the given words. mustn't
don't have to
should
ought
1. You ____________________________ type your essay but if you want, you can do it. 2. I ____________________________ go home too late. My parents are very strict. 3. She is an expert adviser; thus, I think you ____________________________ to ask her for some advice. 4. You _____________________________ ask your teacher if you don't understand the lesson. shouldn't
have to
ought not
must
5. I ____________________________ finish homework before going to class. My teacher is rather strict. 6. We ____________________________ show respect to our parents. 7. I think you ____________________________ stay up late because it is not good for your health. 8. If you want to help your friend, you _____________________________ to do her homework. Instead, you should show her how to do it by herself. III. Choose one of the two bold words which best completes the sentences. 1. It's cold. You should/shouldn't turn on the fan. 2. You ought not to/ought to do homework before you go out with your friends. 3. You should/shouldn't eat plenty of fruit or vegetables every day in order to keep healthy. 4. You must/mustn't eat in the class. 5. You ought to/ought not to drink a lot of water every day. 6. I must/have to submit my homework before 12 o'clock because the deadline is 12 o'clock. 7. I must/have to stay at home to take care of my children. 8. My friend says: "You don't have to/mustn't drink champagne. You can have a coke or fruit juice instead. 9. You don't have to/mustn't drink if you're going to drive afterwards. 10. You don't have to/mustn't pick up Tom at the airport because Judy will pick him up. IV. Fill in the gaps with "must" and "have to". Use the negative form if necessary. 1. Tomorrow is Mai's birthday. I _____________________ buy a present for her. 2. We might _____________________ leave earlier than we expected. 3. If you feel better, you _____________________ take medicine any more. 4. I _____________________ leave home at 6:00 because I have an appointment at 7:00. 5. You _____________________ eat a lot before doing the exercise. If you do, you might get into some trouble with your stomach. 6. We couldn't find a better present so we ______________________ choose this one.
7. If you are a member of the club, you _____________________ pay to use these facilities because they are included in the membership fee. 8. I had the flu, so I _____________________ stay in the bed for two days. 9. If you are under 18 years old, you _____________________ ride a motorbike. 10. All students _____________________ wear uniforms on Mondays. V. Choose the best options to fill in the blanks. 1. You will get into trouble if you come back home after the ____. A. norm
B. curfew
C. value
2. She doesn't want to waste her money on clothes, so she ignores the ____ fashion trend. A. comfortable
B. current
C. mature
3. When you ride a motorbike, you must ____ the general road rules. A. judge
B. force
C. obey
4. I decided to get my nose ____ last week. A. pierced
B. forbade
C. afforded
5. Instead of ____ someone by their appearance, you should get to know them better. A. swearing
B. judging
C. controlling
6. Having two children in a family is becoming the ____ in some Asian countries. A. norm
B. privacy
C. conflict
7. For a change, why don't you ____ your hair red? A. control
B. force
C. dye
8. My parents do not want me to wear ____ dresses because they think that they aren't suitable for my age. A. tight
B. casual
C. rude
9. I don't understand why you like ____ clothes. They are too bright and young for your age. A. flashy
B. fashionable
C. comfortable
10. She whispered a ____ that her sibling wouldn't die. A. sibiling
B. burden
C. prayer
VI. Complete the following sentences using the given words. elegant
trivial
compared
forbid
frustrating
afford
conflict
interacts
1. His conservative character would frequently bring him into _________________________ with others. 2. She is really beautiful in that ______________________ dress. 3. The challenges I must face were nothing ______________________ to yours.
4. It is ______________________ that I must be responsible for all what they did. 5. I have no time to care about such ______________________ things. 6. My parents _______________________ me to be rude to others. 7. It is really interesting to see how everyone ______________________ in the party. 8. It's hard to believe that she can ______________________ a new house on her salary. VII. Match each phrase on the left with its definition on the right. 1. Extended family
A. A big family that includes not only the parents and children, but also grandparents, uncles, aunts and cousins, all living under the same roof.
2. Generation gap 3. Nuclear family
B. A family that consists of parents and children. C. The difference in attitudes or behaviors between younger and older age groups, which can cause a lack of understanding. D. The rules of behavior that are typically accepted while people are eating at the table. E. An activity that can be done by students but not a part of school or college course.
4. Extracurricular activity 5. Viewpoint
6. Table manners F. A person's opinion about the subjects. VIII. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. The elderly are more _______________________________ about their eating habit. (CONSERVATIVELY) 2. They raised serious _________________________ to the proposal. (OBJECT) 3. Thanks to his _________________________, every misunderstanding is cleared up. (OPEN MINDED) 4. He shouldn't treat his parents __________________________. (DISRESPECT) 5. My wife is _________________________ for cooking meals. (RESPONSIBILITY) 6. Teenagers like catching up with __________________________ clothes, which puts a financial burden on their parents. (FASHION) 7. We are in need of _________________________ professionals for this subject. (EXPERIENCE) 8. There are at least three ___________________ living under the same roof in my family. (GENERATIONAL) IX. Complete the following sentences using the given words. change your mind
impose
bridge the gap
follows in
good taste in
1. If you want to succeed in that aspect, you must _________________________. 2. I don't want to _________________________ my decisions on my children.
3. Open communication can ___________________________ between parents and children. 4. She _________________________ her mother's footsteps, becoming a doctor. 5. The fashion designer has exercised _________________________ her use of various colors and patterns. state-owned
open-minded
financial burden
homestay
work out
6. She must shoulder the _________________________ after her husband's death. 7. Scientists are discussing to _________________________ the best solution to this problem. 8. We recommend _________________________ for students who want to live with local families. 9. Parents tend to be more _________________________ about the children's hairstyles. 10. After graduating from his university, he wants to have a job in a _________________________ company. X. Choose the best options to fill in the blanks. 1. This plan can't be carried out because of the widespread public ____. A. relaxation
B. disapproval
C. perception
2. It is not ____ to wear these trousers at the moment. A. experienced
B. fashionable
C. conservative
3. You should weigh up the pros and cons of the ____ living. A. objection
B. responsible
C. multi-generational
4. It is important for parents to respect children's ____. A. privacy
B. relaxation
C. rudeness
5. The advantages of this plan ____ its disadvantages. A. disrespect
B. outweigh
C. work out
C. READING I. Read and do the tasks below. The generation gap, which refers to a broad difference between one generation and another, especially between young people and their parents, usually leads to numerous conflicts. Such family conflicts can seriously threaten the relationship between parents and children at times. It goes without saying that, however old their children are, parents still regard them as small kids and keep in mind that their offspring are too young to protect themselves cautiously or have wise choices. Therefore, they tend to make a great attempt to help their children to discover the outside world. Nevertheless, they forget that as children grow up, they want to be more independent and develop their own identity by creating their own opinions, thoughts, styles and values about life.
One common issue that drives conflicts is the clothes of teenagers. While teens are keen on wearing fashionable clothes which try to catch up with the youth trends, parents who value traditional clothes believe that those kinds of attire violate the rules and the norms of the society. It becomes worse when the expensive brand name clothes teens choose seem to be beyond the financial capacity of parents. Another reason contributing to conflicts is the interest in choosing a career path or education between parents and teenagers. Young people are told that they have the world at their feet and that dazzling future opportunities are just waiting for them to seize. However, their parents try to impose their choices of university or career on them regardless of their children's preference. Indeed, conflicts between parents and children are the everlasting family phenomena. It seems that the best way to solve the matter is open communication to create mutual trust and understanding. Task 1. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. 1. According to the passage, the relationship between parents and children is not easily destroyed by the family conflicts. 2. As children get older, parents let them live on their own way and do what they are interested in. 3. Teenagers try to please their parents by wearing traditional clothes. 4. Parents want children to follow their wishes in deciding the education and future jobs. 5. Some parents indulge their children with expensive brand name clothes. 6. In order to bridge the gap between the old generation and the younger one, open communication to promote mutual understanding is the vital key. Task 2. Choose the best answers for the following questions. 1. Why do most parents still treat their teenage children like small kids? A. Because children usually make mistakes B. Because they think that children are too young to live independently. C. Because they think that children can't protect themselves well. 2. The word "offspring" in the second paragraph refers to ____. A. parents
B. children
C. mind
3. What do parents usually do to help their children as they are young? A. They prepare everything for their children. B. They take care of their children carefully. C. They encourage their children to explore the outside world. 4. Which kinds of clothes do teenagers want to wear?
A. latest fashionable clothes
B. casual clothes
C. shiny trousers and tight tops
5. According to the passage, what are parents' viewpoints about the teenagers' clothes? A. Teenagers' clothes get the latest teen fashion trends. B. Teenagers' clothes are too short and ripped. C. Teenagers' clothes are contrary to the accepted standards and values of the society. 6. Why do teenagers want to choose their university or career? A. They want to explore the world on their own. B. They want to decide their future by themselves. C. Both A and B are correct. 7. The word "seize" in the fourth paragraph is closest in meaning to ____. A. catch
B. choose
C. find
8. Which can be the best title for the passage? A. Where do parent-child conflicts come from? B. How are children different from their parents? C. How do we bridge the generation gap? II. Read Lan's letter about her family rules and select the best option for each blank. do morning exercise
keep my room tidy
help around
respect
swear
go out
88 Lang Street Hanoi, Vietnam June 12th, 2017 Dear Sam, Hi! How are you? I'm overjoyed that you're going to stay with my family in one month. In the previous letter, you asked me about our family rules and now, I will tell you about them. Each family has its own rules and mine has a few. Here are some rules of my family. My parents want me to (1.) _______________________ with the housework and other home duties as they think that all family members should share housework. What's more, they tell me to take my studies seriously. They said that learning is very important and it has great influence on my future. Other rules in my family are that I should (2.) _______________________ every day to stay fit and healthy and always (3.) _______________________. Apart from these, I am not allowed to (4.) _______________________ late in the evening because this is dangerous. Last but not least, they ask me to (5.) _______________________ elderly and forbid me to (6.) _______________________. I
think that family rules play an integral role in helping family members understand one another and improve their own behaviors. If you have any questions, please let me know. I hope you will enjoy your time in Vietnam. I'm looking forward to meeting you. Lots of love, Lan III. Fill in each blank with one suitable word. by
differences
generational
younger
comparison
history
because
to
A generation gap A generation gap is a popular term used to describe big (1) __________________ between people of a younger generation and their elders. This can be defined as occurring "when older and (2) ________________ people do not understand each other (3) _____________________ of their different experiences, opinions, habits and behavior." Although some (4) _____________________ differences have existed throughout (5) _____________________, during this era differences between the two generations grew significantly in (6) _____________________ with previous times, particularly with respect (7) _____________________ such matters as musical tastes, fashion, drug use, culture and politics. This may have been magnified (8) _____________________ the unprecedented size of the young Baby Boomer generation, which gave it unprecedented power, influence, and willingness to rebel against social norms. D. WRITING I. Complete the sentences without changing the meaning. 1. They think that it is a good idea for me to do voluntary work. (I) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. They insist that I should come home at 9 o'clock every night. (make) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. It is very important for us to do well at school. (must) ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. It is not necessary for me to agree with everything my parents say. (not have) ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. My parents never let me forget to do my homework. (remind) ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. They always refuse to allow me to stay overnight at my friend's house. (never let) ______________________________________________________________________________
7. My mother expects me to work as a teacher like her. (It is my mother's wish) ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. I can go out with my friends at the weekend. (allow) ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Rewrite each sentence using the word(s) in the brackets, without changing its meaning. 1. If I were you, I would spend more time talking with my children. (should) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. John doesn't get permission to use that computer. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. It is necessary that people who work here leave by 6 p.m. (must) ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Every staff isn't allowed to smoke or eat in the office. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Customers are advised to check their luggage before leaving the airport. (ought to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. It is forbidden for students to cheat in the exam. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Ms. Ly is in charge of cleaning the floor every day. (has to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. You are not allowed to take photographs in the museum. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. It would be a good idea for you to share the housework with your mother. (ought to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. It is not necessary for Jack to call Ben today. (doesn't have to) ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. adopt
B. involve
C. stroll
D. follow
2. A. exist
B. mind
C. inspire
D. provide
3. A. refusal
B. music
C. student
D. studying
4. A. lecturer
B. medium
C. inventor
D. president
5. A. teach
B. cheer
C. characterize
D. watch
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. actor
B. commit
C. fashion
D. motion
2. A. education
B. industrial
C. intelligent
D. traditional
3. A. industry
B. refugee
C. magazine
D. Japanese
4. A. freedom
B. contact
C. furnish
D. disturb
5. A. independence
B. impractical
C. education
D. entertainment
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Fill in each blank with the given word. nuclear family
generation gap
school children
junk food
hairstyle
1. Why is there a __________________________ between parents and children? 2. Why are soft drinks and __________________________ not good for our health? 3. Do you think _____________________________ should wear uniforms? 4. Is the __________________________ the perfect type of family? 5. Have your parents ever complained about your __________________________? II. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "must". 1. You __________________________ study harder to get better marks. 2. The boy is only twelve years old. He ___________________________ ride a motorbike. 3. Jimmy, you __________________________ bite nails. 4. My classmate is very ill. She __________________________ see a doctor as soon as possible. 5. Your hands are dirty. You __________________________ wash them before meal. 6. We __________________________ brush our teeth at least once a day. 7. Children __________________________ play with dangerous objects like knives and matches. 8. Students __________________________ use mobile phones during the test. 9. Babies ___________________________ go to bed early. 10. You ____________________________ be impolite to elderly people. III. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "have to". 1. Secretaries ____________________________ answer the phone. That is a part of their job. 2. Jason and Linda are on holiday. They __________________________ go to school today 3. He __________________________ come if he doesn't want to join with us. 4. You __________________________ worry about me! I am ok now.
5. Lam __________________________ leave her house at 6.30 a.m. in order to get to her school at 7 a.m. 6. All the students __________________________ obey the school rules. 7. Today she doesn't have the literature lesson, so she __________________________ bring her literature book. 8. I __________________________ take these books back to the school library on time or I will get a fine. 9. There is a lift in this building, so we __________________________ climb the stairs. 10. Susan doesn't like her new job. Sometimes she __________________________ work at weekends. IV. Complete the following sentences. Use affirmative or negative of "ought to". 1. You ___________________________ study harder to get better marks. 2. They __________________________ be angry. It isn't good for their health. 3. A: It's so cold. B: You __________________________ put on your thick coat before going out. 4. If somebody steals your wallet, you __________________________ tell the police. 5. You __________________________ buy that meat. It doesn't look fresh enough. 6. She __________________________ stay up too late at night as she may feel tired in the morning. 7. Candidates ___________________________ wear shorts and a T-shirt to a job interview. 8. It's raining. If you don't want your dress to get wet, you __________________________ take an umbrella. 9. You are driving too fast. You __________________________ slow down. 10. Lisa __________________________ treat her younger sister badly. It makes her very unhappy. V. Choose the incorrect underlined part in the following sentences. 1. You (A) have to (B) made sure that children (C) don't play outside alone. 2. You (A) mustn't (B) uses the motorbike without a driver's license. It's (C) against the law. 3. Drivers (A) haven't (B) to stop at (C) yellow traffic lights. 4. You (A) ought (B) to taking him (C) to the emergency room. 5. During the lesson, (A) does you (B) have (C) to listen to your teacher carefully and take notes quickly. 6. Students (A) don't have to (B) consume (C) food or drink in the class or in the library. 7. Get out of the grass! (A) You (B) must walk on the grass (C) here. 8. The baby (A) is sleeping. (B) You (C) don't have to shout. 9. Lien, we (A) must (B) are (C) quicker or we will miss the last train to Hai Phong city. 10. You (A) have to (B) feed the dog. (C) I've already fed it. VI. Cross out the wrong part in the following sentences.
1. You don't have to/ must eat anything you don't like. 2. If you don't want to have a sore throat, you don't have to/ oughtn't to drink too much iced water. 3. Flight attendants have to/ mustn't take care of passengers on the plane. 4. During the lesson, students don't have to/ mustn't leave class without the teacher's permission. 5. Her mother cooks for her, so she herself doesn't have to/mustn't cook. 6. Smokers don't have to/ mustn't smoke in public places. This is stated in a new law. 7. Drinks are free for today. It means that you don't have to/mustn't pay money for drinks today. 8. Kelvin won the lottery last year, so he doesn't have to/mustn't work now. 9. According to the company regulations, staff have to/ must finish their work with highest efficiency. 10. To be healthy, we mustn't/ ought to eat healthful food and do the exercise regularly. C. READING I. Read the text and do the following task. Types of Families A family is a group of people that have a common ancestor. They usually live together in the same house. Although it is a fact that not all families are the same, they can be categorized into different types. A nuclear family consists of parents and their children living together. In many countries in Europe and North American this is the most common form of family. There are three types of nuclear families. In the first type the father works and the mother cares for the children. In the second type, the mother works and the father stays at home with the children. In the third type of family, both parents work. This last type of family is the most common in the USA and Canada. In an extended family, different family members such as grandparents, aunts, uncles and cousins live together. In many areas of the world, such as Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Latin America, and Southern Europe, this type of family is common. Recently in some countries, couples are choosing to have only one child. These types of families are called single child families. Some people believe that children raised in these kinds of families are spoilt, selfish and lonely. But research doesn't support this. Some families have no children at all. The couples that make up these families sometimes make the choice not to have children because they want to have more free time. Some couples choose not to have children for financial reasons. Families with only one parent are called single parent families. There are several causes of these types of families. The first reason is divorce. Another reason is that the one of the parent dies, leaving the surviving parent widowed. Additionally, some parents never get married in the first place.
When the husband or wife in a marriage brings children with them from a past marriage, this is called a blended or reconstituted family. This type of family has become more common due to the increase in divorces. For some children this kind of family can be good because there are two parents, instead of just one. But there can also be some difficulties as the two new families try to become one. As the basis of all societies, families of all types are very important. This is true now and will be true in the future as well. Match each description of a family on the left with a type of family on the right. 1. Two years ago Darrel and Tanya got married. Before they got married Childless Family Darrel had three sons and Tanya had a daughter. Now they all live together. 2. Hiroshi's wife died several years ago of cancer. He now raises his two Blended Family sons Tomo and Taiki by himself. 3. Jose and Maria live with their 3 children. They also live with their parents, an uncle and an aunt. 4. Husband and wife Dalee and Meegung have been married for two years. They are both very successful business people and don't have any children. 5. Harry and his wife Jane have been married for six years. They have one daughter named Melissa. 6. Jack and Betty, who have been married for over 15 years, have two children named Daniel and Chirstine. II. Read the text and answer the questions.
Single Child Family Nuclear Family Extended Family Single Parent Family
Teenagers today are undergoing lots of changes. They are between the ages of 13 to 19. Many of them are undergoing physical and emotional changes. These are the stages in the teenagers that are unavoidable. The teenage life is full of happiness, sadness, enjoyment and it can be interesting too. This is because in the teenage life that a teenager is subjected to physical growth, hormonal changes and even dilemmas. They may be in a stage of conflict like undergoing puppy love. This is only a normal part of life. Making friends is part and parcel of a teenager's life. The teenager should enjoy life by making friends with peers and participate in healthy activities such as camping, picnic, kayaking, swimming and so on. Through friends, a teenager learns to joke, laugh and play to release stress and tension. By making friends, the teenager learns to sweeten his or her joys and even eases the bitterness of life's downtime. Many teenagers are very conscious of their physical outlook. It is at this part of their life that beauty strikes as the main self-image. They love to follow up with the latest trends for dressing, hairstyle and even look good with their physical image. Some girls and boys go on a crash diet to slim down in order to look attractive. Others may suffer from acne and pimples that may scar their external beauty.
Another stage in a teenager is the teenager's love life. There are chemical changes in the body and so the teenager tends to have a sense of feelings for the opposite sex. They will experience love and rejection. These sometimes will affect their studies. Parents tend to play a role in a teenager's life. Parents today are overly concern over their children's well-being. They like to control their freedom and have a say what the teenagers do. Hence, we have cases of disagreements, disputes, quarrels and even runaways from homes among some teenage girls. There are also negative problems that may pop out during a teenage life. A teenager is not well guided may fall into the wrong path. Some teenagers are involved in drugs trafflicking, smoking, drinking and smuggling of illegal products into the country. Others tend to vent their anger by vandalizing public property. We have those with no regard and respect for the elders. The mass media has an influence over the lives of many teenagers. Violent action movies, obscene shows and pornography surfed from the Internet can bring a disastrous effect on a teenager's life. There will be more harm than good if nothing is done. 1.
From paragraph 1 (a) What is the age range of a teenager? (b) What are the changes that a teenager undergoes?
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 2.
From paragraph 2 (a) Why is it that a teenage life is full of ups and downs? (b) What kind of conflict does a teenage face?
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 3.
From paragraph 3 List activities that a teenager can get involved in.
______________________________________________________________________________ 4.
From paragraph 4 What are the things that a teenager likes to keep up to date with?
______________________________________________________________________________ 5.
From paragraph 8 State why parents are worried about their teenagers. Answer in your own words.
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________ III. Read an article about how to make a list of family rules and answer reading comprehension questions. Family Rules Would you like to have a boss who didn't specify what the rules were in your work place but punished you if you broke these unknown rules? You would feel pretty frustrated, wouldn't you? That's how children feel when they are punished for breaking rules that have never been explained to them. Family rules are necessary to make clear what is expected of children and to outline punishments for misbehavior and rewards for good behavior. When creating a list of family rules remember to be specific both in what is expected and the punishment or reward. Gather the family together when creating the list of family rules. Involve children in the creation of the rules and get their input as to appropriate rewards or punishments. Explain to children why youd like to include certain rules. They'll accept them more if they understand that they are for their own benefit and safety. You can create the list of rules in the form of a contract which all family members sign. Before completing the contract make sure that all family members are in agreement as to the wording of the rules and the punishments or rewards for each rule. Once the rules have been created, remember to be consistent with their enforcement. The list of rules doesn't mean anything unless it is consistently enforced. 1. Why do we need a list of family rules? ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Why should we explain to children the reason behind the rules? ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Who should sign the family rules contract? ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. What could happen if you don't consistently enforce the rules? ______________________________________________________________________________ IV. Read and fill in the blanks. recognize
dangers
generation
acting
understand
individuals
according
along
control
teens
(1. ___________________) to the results of a survey in USA WEEKEND Magazine, there isn't really a generation gap. The magazine's "Teens & Parents" survey shows that today's generation of young people generally get (2. ___________________) well with their parents and appreciate the way they're being raised. Most feel that their parents (3. ___________________) them, and they believe their parents
consider family as the No. 1 priority in their lives. Although more than a third of (4. _________________) have something in their rooms they would like to keep secret from their parents, it is usually nothing more harmful than a diary or a CD. Such results may seem surprising in the context of the violent events that people hear about in the media. Maybe because of the things they hear, parents worry that their own kids might get out of (5. ______________) once they reach the teenage years. However, the facts in the survey should make us feel better. The survey shows us that today's teens are loving and sensible. They are certainly happier than the angry people in the teenage stereotypes we all know about. True, some teenagers are very angry, and we need to (6. ____________) their needs, but the great majority of teens are not like that at all. In contrast to some stereotypes, most teens believe they must be understanding about differences among (7. ________________). Many of them volunteer for community service with disadvantaged people. When they talk about themselves, their friends and their families, they sound positive and proud. Generally, these are very nice kids. Is this spirit of harmony a change from the past? Only a generation ago, parent child relations were described as the "(8. _______________) gap". Yet even then, things were not so bad. Most kids in the 1960s and 1970s shared their parents' basic values. Perhaps, however, it is true that American families are growing closer at the beginning of this new millennium. Perhaps there is less to fight about, and the (9. ______________) of drug abuse and other unacceptable behavior are now well known. Perhaps, compared to the impersonal world outside the home, a young person's family is like a friendly shelter, not a prison. And perhaps parents are (10. _______________) more like parents than they did 20 or 30 years ago. D. WRITING I. Rewrite the following sentences and add the available modal verbs to the appropriate position. 1. If you go swimming in the sea, you wear a life jacket. (ought to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. I will tell you my secret, but you tell anyone. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. You spend too much time playing computer games. You stop that. (must) ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Phuong loves chocolate, but she eat too much, or she will gain weight. (oughtn't to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. We wear helmets when we ride a motorbike. (have to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. I book the tickets in advance. (don't have to)
______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Alia, you say rude words like that. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. We play table tennis. We can play chess instead. (don't have to) ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. Children put their hands into sockets. That is very dangerous. (mustn't) ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. Doctors sometimes work at the weekends and on national holidays. (have to) ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Rewrite sentences with the same meaning as sentences given, using the given words and the correct form of modal verbs in parentheses. 1. I advise him to stop wasting money on lottery. (ought to) He ________________________________________________________________________________ _ 2. It's necessary for you to finish your homework before going to bed. (must) You ________________________________________________________________________________ 3. It isn't necessary for you to bring food and drink for lunch. (have to) You ________________________________________________________________________________ 4. Fishing is not allowed in this park. (must) You ________________________________________________________________________________ 5. Every receptionist in our hotel is obliged to wear a uniform. (have to) Every receptionist in our hotel ___________________________________________________________ 6. It's forbidden to sell cigarettes to children. (must not) Shops ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. It's optional for waiters to wear a tie. (have to) Waiters _____________________________________________________________________________
8. His doctor advises him not to drink too much alcohol. (ought to) He ________________________________________________________________________________ _ 9. It's obligatory for every employee to keep the company's information secret. (have to) Every employee ______________________________________________________________________ 10. Teachers advise me to study English to get a good job. (ought to) I ________________________________________________________________________________ ___ Unit 2. RELATIONSHIPS PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY argument
/ˈɑːɡjumənt/
(n.)
sự tranh cãi, sự tranh luận
relationship
/rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/
(n.)
mối quan hệ, mối liên hệ
romantic relationship
/rəʊˈmæntɪk rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/
(n. phr.)
mối quan hệ lãng mạn
be in a relationship
/bi ɪn ə rɪ'leɪʃnʃɪp/
(v. phr.)
hẹn hò, có mối quan hệ tình cảm
betray
/bɪ'treɪ/
(v.)
phản bội, lừa dối, phụ lòng tin)
break up (with someone)
/breɪk ʌp/
(phr. v.)
chia tay
concentrate (on)
/'kɒnsntreɪt/
(v)
tập trung
counsellor
/ˈkaʊnsələ(r)/
(n.)
người khuyên bảo, cố vấn
date
/deɪt/
(n.)
cuộc hẹn hò, sự hẹn gặp
emotional
/ɪ'məʊʃənl/
(adj.)
cảm động, cảm xúc
lend an ear
/lend ən ɪə(r)/
(v. phr.)
lắng nghe và thấu hiểu
opposite-sex
/ˈɒpəzɪt seks/
(adj.)
khác giới
quit school
/kwɪt sku:l/
(v. phr.)
bỏ học
reconcile (with someone)
/ˈreknsaɪl/
(v)
làm hòa, giảng hòa
single-sex school sinh,
/ˈsɪŋgl seks sku:l/
(n. phr.)
trường học một giới (trường nữ trường nam sinh)
sympathetic
/ˌsɪmpəˈθetɪk/
(adj.)
đồng cảm, thông cảm
achievement
/ə'tʃi:vmənt/
(n.)
thành tích, thành tựu
appearance
/ə'pɪərəns/
(n.)
diện mạo, vẻ bề ngoài
community
/kəˈmju:nəti/
(n.)
cộng đồng
confidence
/ˈkɒnfɪdəns/
(n.)
sự tin tưởng, sự tin cậy
contribution
/ˌkɒntrɪˈbju:ʃn/
(n.)
sự đóng góp
engage (tình
/ɪnˈgeɪdʒ/
(v.)
thu hút (sự chú ý...), giành được cảm...)
enthusiastic
/ɪnˌθju:zi'æstɪk/
(adj.)
nhiệt tình, hào hứng
initiative
/ɪ'nɪʃətɪv/
(n.)
bước khởi đầu, sự khởi xướng
matchmaking
/'mætʃmeɪkɪŋ/
(n.)
sự làm mối
on good terms (with someone) /ɒn gʊd tɜ:mz/
(idiom)
có quan hệ tốt với ai
oppose
/ə'pəʊz/
(v.)
chống đối, phản đối
permission
/pə'mɪʃn/
(n.)
sự cho phép, sự chấp nhận
persuade
/pə'sweɪd/
(v.)
thuyết phục
potential
/pə'tenʃl/
(adj.)
tiềm năng, tiềm tàng
psychologist
/saɪ'kɒlədʒɪst/
(n.)
nhà tâm lý học
reaction
/ri'ækʃn/
(n.)
sự phản ứng
tension thẳng
/'tenʃn/
(n)
sự căng thẳng, tình trạng căng
turn into
/tɜ:n 'ɪntu:/
(phr. v.)
biến thành, trở thành
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW B.1. ĐỘNG TỪ NỐI (LINKING VERBS) I. Định nghĩa động từ nối Động từ nối (Linking verbs) là các động từ: + Khổng mô tả hành động của chủ ngữ. + Nối chủ ngữ với một tính từ hoặc danh từ giúp mô tả hoặc nhận dạng chủ ngữ này. Cấu trúc câu với động từ nối: Subject + linking verb + adjective/ noun Ví dụ 1:
The flowers look beautiful. (Những bông hoa đó nhìn đẹp đấy.) Trong đó: The flowers (chủ ngữ), look (động từ nối), beautiful (tính từ).
Ví dụ 2:
Shes an actress. (Cô ấy là một diễn viên.) Trong đó: She (chủ ngữ), 's (động từ nối), an actress (danh từ).
II. Các động từ nối phổ biến
1. Động từ “to be” Động từ “to be” là động từ nối phổ biến nhất trong tiếng Anh. Ví dụ 1:
The firework displays are amazing. (Những tràng pháo hoa đó thật ấn tượng.) Trong đó: The firework displays (chủ ngữ), are (động từ nối), amazing (tính từ).
Ví dụ 2:
They were friends. (Họ đã là những người bạn.) Trong đó: They (chủ ngữ), were (động từ nối), friends (danh từ).
2. Một số động từ nối khác a. feel, smell, taste, look, sound Động từ nối
Ví dụ
feel
I felt excited during the trip.
“cảm thấy” smell
(Tôi đã cảm thấy thích thú trong suốt cuộc hành trình.) The cakes smell good.
“có mùi” taste
(Những chiếc bánh có mùi thơm.) This pizza tastes delicious.
“có vị” look
(Chiếc bánh pizza này có vị ngon.) Nancy looks radiant in her dress
“nhìn thế nào trong ra sao” sound
(Nancy trông thật rạng rỡ trong bộ váy của cô ấy.) Her voice sounds pleasant.
“nghe có vẻ” (Giọng của cô ấy nghe dễ chịu.) b. get, become, turn, grow đều mang nghĩa “trở nên/ trở thành” Động từ nối get become turn grow c. seem, appear, stay, remain
Ví dụ Nancy is getting taller this year. (Năm nay Nancy đang dần cao hơn.) John became a senior manager. (John đã trở thành một quản lý cấp cao.) The weather has turned hot. (Thời tiết đã chuyển sang oi nóng.) My mom grows older each year. (Mỗi năm mẹ tôi lại càng già hơn.)
Động từ nối
Ví dụ
seem
Her father seems angry.
“có vẻ/ dường như” appear
(Bố cô ấy có vẻ giận dữ.) He appears a perfect husband.
“có vẻ/ dường như” stay
(Anh ấy có vẻ là một người chồng hoàn hảo.) He stays faithful to his dead wife.
“vẫn cứ/ vẫn là” remain
(Anh ấy vẫn chung thủy với người vợ quá cố của mình.) They remain friends after years.
“vẫn cứ/ vẫn là”
(Họ vẫn là bạn sau nhiều năm.)
III. Một số lưu ý với động từ nối trong tiếng Anh 1. Lưu ý 1 Các động từ nối (ngoại trừ to be, seem, become chỉ có thể là các động từ nối) Khi là động từ nối Khi là động từ chỉ hoạt động Diễn tả trạng thái của chủ thể Diễn tả hành động của chủ thể Ví dụ 1: The soup tastes good. (Món súp này có vị ngon.) Trong đó: The soup (chủ ngữ), tastes (động từ nối), good (tính từ). Ví dụ 2:
She is tasting the soup. (Cô ấy đang nếm món súp.) Trong đó: She (chủ ngữ), tasting (động từ chỉ hoạt động), the soup (danh từ).
2. Lưu ý 2 Các động từ nối (ngoại trừ to be, seem, become chỉ có thể là các động từ nối) Khi là động từ nối Khi là động từ chỉ hoạt động Không thể dùng với trạng từ chỉ cách thức Có thể dùng với trạng từ chỉ cách thức Ví dụ 1: She appeared surprised at the news. (Cô ấy có vẻ ngạc nhiên trước tin đó.) Trong đó: She (chủ ngữ), appeared (động từ nối), surprised (tính từ). Ví dụ 2:
A fairy appeared suddenly before him. (Một cô tiên đột nhiên xuất hiện trước mặt anh ấy.) Trong đó: A fairy (chủ ngữ), appeared (động từ chỉ hoạt động), suddenly (trạng từ chỉ cách
thức). B.2. Cấu nhấn mạnh với “It” (Cleft sentence) (Câu chẻ) I. Cách sử dụng câu nhấn mạnh với “It” Câu nhấn mạnh với “It” là câu được dùng để nhấn mạnh một thành phần của câu như chủ ngữ, tân ngữ hay trạng ngữ. Ví dụ: My mother taught Nancy to cook yesterday. (Mẹ mình dạy Nancy nấu ăn vào ngày hôm qua.) Trong đó: My mother (chủ ngữ), Nancy (tân ngữ), yesterday (trạng ngữ). II. Các cấu trúc cầu nhấn mạnh với “It” 1. Cấu trúc câu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ It + to be + focus + that/who + V Trong đó: It luôn đứng đầu cầu. Động từ “to be” chia theo It và thì của động từ trong câu gốc, Chủ ngữ được nhấn mạnh (focus) có thể là danh từ hoặc đại tử. Đại từ that dùng sau danh từ chỉ người/ vật còn who chỉ dùng sau danh từ chỉ người. Động từ trong mệnh đề sau that/ who được chia theo câu gốc. Ví dụ: Câu gốc: Casey helps children at the local orphanage. (Casey giúp trẻ em ở trại trẻ mồ côi của địa phương.) Trong đó: Casey (chủ ngữ), children (tân ngữ), at the local orphanage (trạng ngữ). Câu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh chủ ngữ Casey là:
It is Casey that helps children at the local orphanage. It is Casey who helps children at the local orphanage. (Chính Casey là người giúp đỡ những trẻ em ở trại trẻ mồ côi của địa phương.) 2. Cấu trúc câu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh tần ngữ It + to be + focus + that/who + S + V Trong đó: It luôn đứng đầu cầu. Động từ “to be” chia theo It và thì của động từ trong câu gốc. Tân ngữ được nhấn mạnh (focus) có thể là danh từ hoặc đại từ. Đại từ that dùng sau danh từ chỉ người/ vật còn who chỉ dùng sau danh từ chỉ người. S và V chính là chủ ngữ và động từ trong cấu gốc. Ví dụ: Câu gốc: We are meeting Mary tomorrow. (Ngày mai chúng tôi gặp Mary.) Trong đó: We (chủ ngữ), Mary (tân ngữ), tomorrow (trạng ngữ). Câu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh tần ngữ Mary là: It is Mary that we are meeting tomorrow. It is Mary who we are meeting tomorrow. (Chính Mary là người chúng tôi sẽ gặp vào ngày mai.) 3. Cấu trúc cấu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ It + to be + focus + that + S + V Trong đó: It luôn đứng đầu cầu. Động từ “to be” chia theo It và thi của động từ trong câu gốc. Trạng ngữ được nhấn mạnh (focus) có thể là trạng ngữ/ cụm trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian/ nơi chốn. Đại từ that luôn sử dụng trong cấu trúc này. S và V chính là chủ ngữ và động từ trong câu gốc.
Ví dụ: Câu gốc: She became a famous singer at the age of 18. (Cô ấy đã trở thành ca sĩ nổi tiếng khi 18 tuổi.) Trong đó: She (chủ ngữ), a famous singer (bổ ngữ), at the age of 18 (trạng ngữ). Câu nhấn mạnh với “It” khi muốn nhấn mạnh trạng ngữ at the age of 18 là: It was at the age of 18 that she became a famous singer. (Ở độ tuổi 18, cô ấy đã trở thành ca sĩ nổi tiếng.) III. Thực hành câu nhấn mạnh với “I” 1. Ví dụ thứ nhất Câu gốc: Linda borrowed my motorbike last week. (Linda đã mượn xe máy của mình vào tuần trước.) Câu nhấn mạnh với “It”: It is Linda that borrowed my motorbike last week. → Câu nhấn mạnh này sai ở động từ “to be” is. Sửa lại:
It was Linda that borrowed my motorbike last week.
It was Linda who borrowed my motorbike last week. (Chính Linda là người đã mượn xe máy của mình vào tuần trước.) 2. Ví dụ thứ hai Câu gốc: Mary always lends an ear to Linda. (Mary luôn luôn lắng nghe và thấu hiểu Linda.) Câu nhấn mạnh với “It”: It is Mary that Linda always lends an ear to. → Câu nhấn mạnh này sai ở vị trí của hai từ Mary và Linda. Sửa lại:
It is Linda that Mary always lends an ear to. It is Linda who Mary always lends an ear to. (Chính Linda là người Mary luôn luôn lắng nghe và thấu hiểu.)
3. Ví dụ thứ ba Câu gốc: John proposed to Laura at an elegant restaurant. (John đã cầu hôn Laura ở một nhà hàng thanh lịch.) Câu nhấn mạnh với “It”: It was at an elegant restaurant that John proposed to Laura. (Chính tại một nhà hàng thanh lịch John đã cầu hôn Laura.) Câu nhấn mạnh này đúng. Cấu trúc tổng quát câu nhấn mạnh với “It” It + to be + focus + that/ who + S + V It + to be + focus + that/ who + V Trong đó, that có thể dùng sau danh từ chỉ người/ vật còn who chỉ dung sau danh từ chỉ người. PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others. 1 A. achievement
B. appearance
C. enthusiastic
D. initiative
2 A. confidence
B. achievement
C. engage
D. permission
3. A. potential
B. psychologist
C. oppose
D. contribution
4. A. initiative
B. confidence
C. enthusiastic
D. tension
5 A. reaction
B. achievement
C. matchmaking
D. enthusiastic
II. Choose the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress. 1. A. commercial
B. constructive
C. essential
D. national
2. A. copy
B. remove
C. notice
D. cancel
3. A. curriculum
B. economics
C. hesitation
D. calculation
4. A. interact
B. specify
C. illustrate
D. fertilize
5. A. territorial
B. economic
C. considerate
D. continental
6. A. realistic
B. oceanic
C. economy
D. biology
7. A. prediction
B. rehearsal
C. essential
D. industry
8. A. maximum
B. vacancy
C. terrorist
D. investment
9. A. vertical
B. contractual
C. domestic
D. outstanding
10. A. emergency
B. alternative
C. expensively
D. geothermal
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match the word/ phrase with its definition. 1. romantic relationship 2. lend an ear
A. to listen to someone with patience and sympathy B. kind to people who are hurt or sad, showing that you understand and care about their problems 3. sympathetic C. a relationship based on love and emotional attraction 4. argument D. to end a relationship, a company, etc. 5. break up (with someone) E. become friends again after conflicts or arguments 6. be reconciled (with someone) F. a conversation or discussion in which people disagree, often angrily II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in the bracket. 1. My teacher is very caring and _______________________________________. (SYMPHATHY) 2. She had an argument with one of her close friend, but she's managed to be ____________________________ with her. (RECONCILIATION) 3. When you have a romantic relationship, you're having a relationship based on love and __________________ attraction. (EMOTION) 4. I thought my friend _____________________________ my trust when she told others my secret. (BETRAY) 5. My parents always worry that I am in a ______________________ with Nam, my close friend. (RELATION) 6. My best friend and I had an ___________________________ because she had revealed my secret. (ARGUE) 7. My parents and teachers are always telling me that I have to ____________________________ on my study. (CONCENTRATION) III. Choose the right words to describe the pictures. break up (with someone)
be in a relationship
lend an ear
concentrate on
argument
single-sex school
2. __________________________
3. __________________________
5. 4. __________________________ __________________________ IV. Choose and fill in the blanks with correct words.
6. __________________________
1. __________________________
potential
tension
reactions
oppose
a romantic relationship
permission
on good terms
psychologist
1. In my class, the girls are ________________________________ with all the boys except me. 2. We need to get our parents' ______________________ to take part in the English Speaking Contest in Hanoi next month. 3. They will select ____________________________ matches and help the two people meet face to face. 4. He was not willing to talk to a _____________________________. 5. Does the counselor agree with Ha's _________________________? 6. The __________________________ between Minh and his parents is because they always judge his friends by their appearances. 7. My grandmother thinks friendship between a boy and a girl will turn into ____________________________. 8. Should parents strongly ___________________________ their children's romantic relationships? V. Put the given words into the right column. become
seem
remain
taste
јumр
sound
dance
feel
run
laugh
grow
climb
are
smell
Action Verbs
Linking verbs
Both
VI. Complete the sentences using the given words. become
appears
sounds
grow
felt
seemed
looks
getting
1. She __________________________ so beautiful in that white dress. 2.
A: What about going to the Italian restaurant? B: That _______________________ great!
3. She wants to ________________ a fashion designer like Victoria Beckham in the future. 4. I ______________________ painful in my stomach after eating that cake. 5. It ______________________ interesting that he didn't like anything except that bowl 6. Teenagers like to make their own choice when they ______________________ older. 7. Turn on the fan. It is _____________________ hotter and hotter. 8. That Super Junior _____________________ suddenly at the end of concert makes its fans overjoyed. VII. Decide whether the bold part in each of the following sentences is an “action verb” or a “linking verb”. 1. July is smelling the flowers her boyfriend has given to her. A. action verb
B. linking verb
2. My mother appeared exhausted after a hard day working on the paddy field. A. action verb
B. linking verb
3. Jane looks more beautiful when tying her hair. A. action verb
B. linking verb
4. Maria's grandmother used to look after her carefully when she was small. A. action verb
B. linking verb
5. He wants to become an inspiring teacher after graduating from his university. A. action verb
B. linking verb
6. The worldwide economic situation is getting worse and worse. A. action verb
B. linking verb
7. If you want to stay healthy, you should follow the doctor's advice. A. action verb
B. linking verb
8. She is going to stay at a friend's house in Ha Long Bay for 3days. A. action verb
B. linking verb
9. When my daughter grows older, she will understand what I do for her. A. action verb
B. linking verb
10. My aunt tasted this soup carefully. A. action verb
B. linking verb
VIII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence. 1. What's the matter with you? You look happy/happily today. 2. He appears very excited/excitedly when looking at her. 3. I taste the soup very careful/carefully. Don't worry! 4. John appeared sudden/suddenly behind us and said hello to us. 5. He is shouting at his friend. He seems very angry/angrily. 6.
A: Why do you smell the milk? B: Because it smells terrible/terribly. You should throw it away.
7. This plan grows quickly/quick if it absorbs enough water. 8. He kept talking and his friends seemed annoyedly/annoyed. 9. The doctor checked my legs carefully/careful to see if there were any injuries. 10. She is looking for the colored pens serious/seriously because she needs them now. X. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences. 1. Can you help me? I (look) ____ for my pen now. A. look
B. am looking
C. looked
2. The sky (grow) ____ brighter after the heavy rain. A. is growing
B. grows
C. grow
3. At present, I (remain) ____ calm. A. remain
B. remained
C. is remaining
4. To decide the winner of the competition, the examiners (taste) ____ candidates' dishes now. A. taste
B. tasted
C. are tasting
5. What's the matter with Mary? She (seem) ____ upset. A. seem
B. seems
C. is seeming
6. Listen! Her story (sound) ____ interesting. A. sounds
B. is sounding
C. sound
7. She (stay) ____ at one of her penpal friends' houses when she visits Vietnam. A. is staying
B. stays
C. stayed
8. The room (get) ____ quiet when teachers entered. A. gets
B. got
C. is getting
9. The situation (remain) ____ unchanged in the past 20 years.
A. remains
B. remained
C. has remained
10. John (be) ____ impolite today. A. is
B. was
C. is being
X. Find EIGHT mistakes in the use of linking verbs in this text. (1) Maria and I stayed ready for the party on Sunday morning. (2) Suddenly, Maria smelt extremely tired and her face stayed pale. (3) I sounded so scared that I did not know what to do but took her to the nearby clinic. (4) The doctor said that her health condition was remaining worse and worse and asked me what she had eaten the night before. (5) Maria ate the soup I bought at the restaurant but both of us had no idea that in that soup, there was a lot of shrimp powder to which she became allergically. (6) After onehour treatment, her health condition gets stable. (7) Now I taste relieved as she looks like better. 1. __________
2. __________
3. __________
4. __________
5. __________
6. __________
7. __________
8. __________
XI. Match parts of the sentences to make correct ones. 1. It is her sad story A. that makes me cry. 2. It was Peter B. that she had a date with Jim. 3. It was in the Italian restaurant C. who she broke up with. 4. It was speaking skill D. that attracts me a lot. 5. It is her small dog E. that she found the most difficult in learning English. 6. It is at 8 o'clock F. that there is weather news. XII. Complete the following sentences using the given phrases. the man
on the schoolyard
on weekends
the lovely cat
on the way to school
after I left my house
my close friends
the strong storm
my mom
the letter
1. It was _________________________ that my younger sister wanted to buy. 2. It was _________________________ that I realized that family had played an integral role in my life. 3. It was _________________________ who was arrested by the police two days ago 4. It is ___________________________ that I meet my English teacher. 5. It is _________________________ that we play football very happily. 6. It was _________________________ that blew out some roofs of houses in the village. 7. It was _________________________ that I received from my mother last week. 8. It is _________________________ that we often have picnics. 9. It is _________________________ who always stand by me when I get into some trouble. 10. It is _________________________ who takes responsibility for cooking in my family. XIII. Choose the underlined part that is incorrect in the following sentences.
1. That was Jim who went to hospital last month. A. That
B. was
C. who
D. went
C. that
D. meet
C. turned
D. leaf
2. It was in Paris that I first meet my wife. A. in
B. Paris
3. It is in 2010 that my life turned over a new leaf. A. is
B. that
4. It was on New Year's Eve who Mary broke up with her boyfriend. A. was
B. on
C. who
D. broke up with
5. It was her brother who dropped out of his university and setted up his business. A. was
B. who
C. dropped
D. setted up
XIV. Choose the correct sentence that is written using the underlined part and cleft sentence with “It”. 1. He spent his summer vacation in Da Lat. A. It is in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation. B. It was in Da Lat that he spent his summer vacation. C. It is in Da Lat that he spends his summer vacation. D. It was in Da Lat where he spends his summer vacation. 2. Candidates all over the world took part in the competition with great enthusiasm. A. It is great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition. B. It was great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition. C. It was with great enthusiasm that candidates all over the world took part in the competition. D. It is with great enthusiasm which candidates all over the world take part the competition. 3. He gains impressive achievements at the age of 20. A. It is at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements. B. It was at the age of 20 that he gains impressive achievements. C. It is at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements. D. It was at the age of 20 that he gained impressive achievements. 4. Mary made a great contribution to her husband's success. A. It is Mary who made a great contribution to her husband's success. B. It was Mary who makes a great contribution to her husband's success. C. It was Mary who made a great contribution for her husband's success. D. It was Mary who made a great contribution to her husband's success.
5. Most parents are willing to lend their ear to their children. A. They are their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear to. B. It is their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear to. C. They are their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear. D. It is their children that most parents are willing to lend their ear. C. READING I. Reading comprehension on Online Dating and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F). It has long been seen as a less romantic way of meeting Mr Right. But finding love over the internet is a good way of meeting a marriage partner, research has showed. It found that one in five of those who have used dating sites to find their perfect partner have gone on to marry someone they met over the web. The study, by consumer group Which?, also revealed that more than half of the 1,504 people questioned had been on a date with someone they met in cyberspace. Sixty-two per cent agreed that it was easier to meet someone on a dating site than in other ways, such as in a pub or club, or through friends. At the same time, the under 35s were more likely to know someone who had been on a date or had a long-term relationship with someone they met through online dating. Jess Ross, editor of which.co.uk, said: 'Online dating is revolutionising the way people meet each other. Switching the computer on could be the first step to success! According to industry surveys, more than 22 million people visited dating websites in 2007, and more than two million Britons are signed up to singles sites. Of the 147 couples who took part in the study, 61 per cent said their relationships had high levels of these three components. The researchers also found that men were more likely to find true love on the internet than women. Dr Jeff Gavin, who led the team, said: “To date, there has been no systematic study of love in the context of relationships formed via online dating sites. “But with the popularity of online dating, it is imperative we understand the factors that influence satisfaction in relationships formed in this way." Charlotte Harper, of Match.com, said: 'We were thrilled to find so many of our former members have found love. 'It supports our belief that the internet does in fact encourage old-fashioned courtship. Statements 1. Online dating is seen as modern romance. 2. Research has shown that online dating is not a good way of meeting people. 3. Most people who took part in the survey said it is easier to meet people online than elsewhere. 4. Jess Ross thinks online dating is changing the way people meet each other. 5. Less than 20 million people visited dating websites in 2007.
(T)
(F)
6. Women are more likely to find their ideal partner online than men. 7. Many members of match.com have found love. II. Read the passage and complete the task that follow. In our modern life, we can watch television or surf the Internet to find out about what is happening around the world but our neighborhood can be a place we never really know. A survey has been conducted to find out some people's thought of talking with their neighbors. Here came the results: A. We had been living here for five years and had never really got to know our neighbors. Then a tremendous hurricane came and crashed our house. Our neighbors came round to offer us food and help. When finally recovering, we still lived in the same neighborhood and never spoke to our neighbors. I don't know why. B. My neighbor went to work on the same route with me. I passed over her every morning when walking to work but never said hello. One morning I said "hello", then a "good morning" and a friendly smile were exchanged between us for the next week. But then, she changed her way to work. I feel that some neighbors may prefer being left undisturbed. C. I think it's very nice to come up and talk with your neighbors. Take me as an example. I commute to work every day by bus. One day, I saw Harry on the station platform. We exchanged nods and smiles and eventually he came up to me and said hello. He told me that he had been my new neighbor for three weeks but I didn't even know. We started chatting since then and got to know each other better. Then, guess what? We are now engaged and are getting married next year. Write the letter A, B or C that indicates the person next to their description/ opinion below. 1. ______________________ suffered from a natural disaster. 2. ______________________ is in a relationship with one of her neighbors. 3. ______________________ thinks that some people may find talking with neighbors annoying 4. ______________________ once went to work on the same route with her neighbor. 5. ______________________ thinks positively about talking with neighbors. 6. ______________________ walks to work. 7. ______________________ got help from the neighbors. 8. ______________________ uses public transportation to work. III. Read the passage and complete the tasks that follow. Huyen Anh is introducing herself and her closest friends.
Many people consider me sociable because I am keen on taking part in community activities. I find it easy to start a conversation and get on well with different kinds of people, so I have numerous friends. Among them, Tram Anh, Minh and Bich are my closest ones. Tram Anh is the tallest girl in my group. She looks beautiful with a straight nose, long black hair, fair skin and dimples. She is interested in helping the poor and the disabled. She volunteers to teach English at the local orphanage every Sunday. She also spends a lot of time helping other classmates to improve their English. She is so gentle and generous that her teachers and friends adore her. Besides, she is a diligent student who always gets good marks. Similar to Tram Anh, Minh is very outgoing and warm-hearted. He enjoys participating in social activities, such as blood donation and environmental protection campaigns. He is quite talkative and humorous, so he is sometimes regarded as a class clown who always makes others laugh by telling jokes and pretending to do silly things. His jokes, however, sometimes annoy his friends. He also receives many compliments from teachers for being so intelligent and hard-working. He is not only our class's star soccer player but also a talented amateur singer. Unlike Tram Anh and Minh, Bich is quite shy in public. At break time, she enjoys staying in the classroom to finish her homework before going home. Also, she likes the quiet and peaceful atmosphere of the school library. In her free time, she prefers reading books and helping her mother prepare meals. Although each of us has different personalities, we share a number of common hobbies and have a lot of fun together. I find myself lucky to have them as my intimate friends. Task 1. Answer the following questions by choosing the correct options. 1. How many friends is Huyen Anh talking about? A. 2
B. 3
C. 4
B. She is quite reserved in public.
C. She is talkative.
2. What is Huyen Anh like? A. She is a sociable girl. 3. What does Tram Anh look like? A. She is tall and beautiful. B. She enjoys helping the poor and the disabled. C. She is so gentle and generous. 4. Tram Anh and Minh, ____. A. sing quite well
B. are sociable and helpful
C. are talkative and humorous
5. What does Bich love doing in her free time? A. Doing her homework mother
B. Studying in the library
C. Reading and helping her
Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F).
6. It is hard for Huyen Anh to start the conversation with someone. 7. Tram Anh teaches orphans English on Saturdays. 8. Minh's jokes can be annoying to his friends sometimes. 9. Minh can play soccer very well. 10. Bich never does her homework during break time. IV. Read the passage and do the task that follows/do the tasks that follow. Generally, friendship exists for three reasons: virtue; usefulness; or pleasure. When virtue is the reason, friendship exists for the sake of friendship; where both like each other and cherish each other for some creditable values in the other's personality. You know that you would even die to swear your friendship for that person. You also know that the other would make you live than die for him/her regardless of intelligence, handsomeness, utility or the capability of giving pleasure. A friendship of the second kind is formed for the practical value of it. How useful so and so is to me? What can I benefit from him? Will he use his reputation and influence to fetch me a good job? Thus a person may maintain relationship for practical, professional, and political reasons. However, once we do away with the usefulness, the friendship eventually dies. Friendship of the third kind is formed essentially on account of the pleasure the relationship can give. He is a joker. The moment he enters, you forget all your worries. She is cute, intelligent and charming. The very notion that she is your friend makes you feel proud. The point rests here: How good is he/she in giving me pleasure physically, emotionally, mentally and materially? Now to the question: Which of the three is good? The second type is good, yet since basing on utility, it falls short of longevity and quality. The third type is good too, but how long one enjoys only pleasure in life? But the first type, virtue-based friendship is fantastic for this reason: it lasts till the end of this universe. 1. From paragraph 1, we can infer that ____. A. Real friendship does not count one person's cleverness, appearance, utility and his/her aptitude for creating fun. B. You have to die in order to prove your friendship. C. Personality is not an important factor in choosing a friend. D. There are two main motives for friendship. 2. Which of the following has the closet meaning to “do away with” in paragraph 2? A. kill
B. escape
C. get rid of
D. ask for
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the reading passage? A. Friendship basing on the capacity for creating pleasure still possesses some uncertainty B. Friendship requires a lot of patience and efforts from both sides
C. Friendship usually does not last long if it is built on materialistic need D. Virtue-based friendship's core is a friend's creditable traits in his or her personality 4. Synonym(s) of utility in paragraph 4 can be found in: A. paragraph 1
B. paragraph 2
C. paragraph 3
D. paragraph 4
5. Which kind of friendship is most unshakable? A. The first
B. The second
C. The third
D. Not mentioned
D. WRITING I. Rewrite each sentence with the word in brackets to emphasize the underlined part. 1. We had a wonderful party in the garden. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Mary is very depressed about the result of the examination. (who) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. The boys play football in the schoolyard every afternoon. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The poor girl won first prize in the singing competition. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. My friend gave me a present at my birthday party. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. We really enjoy doing volunteer work. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Hung is in the romantic relationship with Mai. (who) ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. He bought two houses on Nguyen Trai Street at the age of 25. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. Students usually ask the teacher a lot of interesting questions. (who) ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. My mom is making some cakes for our dinner. (that) ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Reorder the words to make complete sentences. 1. It/ he/ his/ that/ changed/ father's/ a/ after/ was/ death / lot./ himself ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. going/ to/ am/ I/ the / Tokyo/ that/ in / It/ is/ holiday./ spend
______________________________________________________________________________ 3. USA/ 2008/ got/It/ the / married./ in/ settled/ down/ he/ was/ that/ in/ and ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. that/ It/ mom/ was/ their/ gave / on/ wedding / anniversary / dad/ diamond/ ring./ my/ my/ a ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. some/ It/ in / boyfriend/ me/ took / beautiful/ photos/ my/ was / who/ for/ Japan. ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. lake
B. plane
C. plan
D. state
2. A. tiny
B. tiger
C. tin
D. time
3. A. planet
B. animal
C. man
D. decay
4. A. season
B. sometimes
C. sea
D. stop
5. A. thing
B. threaten
C. thought
D. than
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. obey
B. disuse
C. broaden
D. invest
2. A. consumption
B. advertise
C. influence
D. history
3. A. development
B. responsible
C. reinforcement
D. spontaneous
4. A. chemical
B. element
C. attention
D. tropical
5. A. decay
B. exist
C. timber
D. supply
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. ____ is a decisive factor in giving up smoking. A. Determined
B. Determination
C. Time management
D. Reaction
2. It is your ____ that determines how fast you achieve your goal and how well you acquire a skill or knowledge. A. tension
B. reliability
C. expense
D. attitude
3. Men are often attracted by ____ girls in heavy make-up. A. flash
B. flashlight
C. flashy
D. flashily
4. He____ as girls change their clothes. A. bridges the gap
B. changes his mind C. betrays
D. reacts
5. With the outstanding talent and skills, he is one of the most ____ candidates for the presidency. A. flashy
B. mature
C. potential
D. trivial
II. Fill in the blank with the correct form of the given words. 1. The he asks the same question again and again is so _________________________ (FRUSTRATE). 2. Parents can put their trust in Ms Lan because she is an _______________________ teacher (EXPERIENCE). 3. The naughty boy denied _______________________________ (RESPECT) his Math teacher. 4. Finally, after much effort, he gained a lot of ____________________ (ACHIEVE) in protecting wild animals. 5. Having too many children puts a lot of ________________________ (FINANCE) burdens on poor parents in rural areas. III. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to the given sentence(s). 1. Peter's parents don't allow him to play computer games or chat online. A. Peter mustn't play computer games or chat online. B. Peter doesn't have to play computer games or chat online. C. Peter's parents oughtn’t to allow him to play computer games or chat online. 2. It is advisable that you call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office. A. You have to call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office. B. Mrs Brown advises you to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office. C. You should call Mrs. Brown to make an appointment in advance before you get to her office 3. Ben always gets poor marks in Geography, but he is very good at German. A. It is Geography that Ben always gets good marks in. B. It's German that Ben is very good at. C. Ben excels at both Geography and German. 4. John considers Julie intelligent while most of us don't. A. It is Julie who most of us consider to be intelligent. B. It was John who considered Julie intelligent. C. It's Julie who John considers intelligent. 5. Van was surprised because she lost five kilos in two weeks. A. Van surprised as she gained five kilos in two weeks. B. Van is surprised that she can lose weight. C. Van was surprised to lose five kilos in 2 weeks. 6. Jane finds it hard to start a new relationship after the break-up.
A. It's not easy for Jane to start a new relationship after the break-up. B. It's always hard to start a relationship with Jane. C. It's hard to believe that Jane starts a new relationship soon after the break-up. 7. We can't change the result of the test. It's impossible. A. It's possible for us to change the result of the test. B. It's impossible for us to change the result of the test. C. It's likely that we will change the result of the test. 8. Judy and I are amazed that Anna is willing to help us decorate the classroom. A. Judy and I are amazed at Anna's willingness to help us decorate the classroom. B. Judy and I are amazed that Anna's unwilling to help us decorate the classroom. C. Judy and I aren't amazed at Anna's unwillingness to help us decorate the classroom. IV. Choose the underlined part which is incorrect. 1. Nancy said you didn't need to buy her anything for her birthday, but I think you ought at least get her some flowers or a little bottle of perfume. A. didn't
B. to buy
C. ought
D. or
2. After three hours of discussion, all the members of the committee felt happily about the decision. A. After
B. all
C. felt
D. happily
3. She was so happy because her request participated in the international youth's meeting was granted. A. was
B. happy
C. participated
D. granted
4. You don't have to do your homework on Saturday morning. That way you have the rest of the weekend free. A. don't have to
B. on
C. That way
D. free
5. All the interviewees appeared nervously before the start of the interview, but after that they seemed very happy. A. interviewees
B. nervously
C. seemed
D. happy
6. It is my purse who I have been looking for for two hours, but I haven't found it. A. is
B. who
C. two hours
D. it
7. Mark isn't good at public speaking so it's difficult of him to make a speech in front of thousands of people. A. good
B. so
C. of
D. thousands
8. You have to be horrible to your older sister. It makes her very sad. A. have to C. READING
B. be
C. makes
D. sad
I. Choose the best answers to the following questions. In many aspects of life, effective communication skills are extremely important. With good communication skills, people can enjoy better interpersonal relationships with friends and family. The following are some guides that can help you improve your communication skills. Learn to listen Listening is not the same as hearing you should learn to listen not only to the words being spoken but also how they are being spoken and the non-verbal messages sent with them. You shouldn't think about what to say next while listening; instead clear your mind and focus on the message being received. Your friends, colleagues and other acquaintances will appreciate your good listening skills. Try to understand other people's emotions To understand other people's emotions, you should be sympathetic to other people's misfortunes and congratulate them on their achievements. To do this, you need to be aware of what is going on in other people's lives. It's crucial to maintain eye contact and do not be afraid to ask others for their opinions as this will help to make them feel valued. Encourage It's advised that you offer words and actions of encouragement, as well as praise, to others, which make other people feel welcome, valued and appreciated in your communications. If you let others know that they are valued, they are much more likely to give you their best. You should also try to ensure that everyone get involved in an interaction or conversation by using effective body language and open questions. 1. What is the best title for the passage? A. Benefits of owning effective communication skills B. Ways to improve communication skills C. Behaviours of a good listener 2. Why are effective communication skills important in our lives? A. They help us enjoy a calm state of mind. B. They help us catch people's attention. C. They help us build good interpersonal relationships with others. 3. What should listeners do while someone is speaking? A. Listen attentively to what is being spoken and how it is delivered. B. Think of what should be spoken next. C. Only pay attention to the words being spoken, not the non-verbal messages sent with them. 4. According to the writer, what is the way to feel other people's emotions? A. We should show sympathy for other people's bad luck.
B. We should express congratulations on other people's success. C. Both A and B are correct. 5. What should we do to involve everyone in an interaction or conversation? A. Discourage them through words and actions. B. Use body language and open questions. C. Let others feel valued and appreciated. D. WRITING I. Complete the following letter using the given words. scholarship
grateful
hearing
date
enquire
Dear Mr. Bill Weston, I am writing to (1) ______________ about your English courses which is advertised in ‘English Today? I've just received the result of the IELTS exam, with an overall band score of 6.0. That wasn't a satisfying result because I need 7.0 in order to apply for a (2) ________________ to study abroad. I was wondering how I can improve my English skills quickly when I saw your advertisement. I realized that my speaking and writing skills are not as good as listening and reading ones. Could you please tell me if you have any advanced courses aiming at speaking or writing skill available? What (3) ______________ does the course start and how much does it cost? I would be (4) ________________ if you could send me more information about the course, including teacher's information and course duration. Thank you very much for your time. I look forward to (5) ___________________ from you. Sincerely, Hoa Nguyen II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. me/ to/ lend/ a / parents/ ear/ are/ My/ willing/ sympathetic/ ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. my/ be/ with/ that/ you'll / staying/ I'm/ know/ family/ to/ for/ weeks/ happy ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. have/ me/ know/ questions / let/ any/ Please/ if/ you ______________________________________________________________________________
Unit 3. ECOMING INDEPENDENT PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY admire
/əd'maɪə(r)/
(v.)
ngưỡng mộ
admiration
/ˌædmə'reɪʃn/
(n.)
sự ngưỡng mộ
assign
/ə'saɪn/
(v.)
phân công
assignment
/ə'saɪnmənt/
(n.)
bài tập
decision
/dɪ'sɪʒən/
(n.)
quyết định
decisive
/dɪˈsaɪsɪv/
(adj.)
kiên quyết, dứt khoát
decisiveness
/dɪˈsaɪsɪvnəs/
(n.)
tính kiên quyết, sự kiên quyết
decisively
/dɪˈsaɪsɪvli/
(adv.)
kiên định, dứt khoát
determined
/dɪˈtɜːmɪnd/
(adj.)
quyết tâm
determination
/ dɪˈtɜːmɪ'neɪʃn/
(n.)
sự quyết tâm
independent
/ˌɪndɪˈpendənt/
(adj.)
độc lập
reliability
/rɪˌlaɪə'bɪləti/
(n.)
sự đáng tin cậy
reliable
/rɪˈlaɪəbl/
(adj.)
đáng tin cậy
reliably
/rɪˈlaɪəbli/
(adv.)
chắc chắn, xác thực
rely on
/rɪˈlaɪ ɒn/
(phr. v.)
phụ thuộc vào
remind
/rɪˈ maɪnd/
(v)
nhắc nhở
self-discipline
/ˌself ˈdɪsəplɪn/
(n.)
tinh thần tự giác
self-esteem
/ˌself ɪˈstiːm/
(n.)
tự trọng, tự tôn
self-reliant
/ˌself rɪˈlaɪənt/
(adj.)
tự lực, độc lập
well-informed
/ˌwel ɪnˈfɔːmd/
(adj.)
thạo tin, hiểu biết
accurate
/'ækjərət/
(adj.)
chính xác
approach
/ə'prəʊtʃ/
(v)
tiếp cận, tiến lại gần
be at a loss
/bi: æt ə lɒs/
(idiom)
bối rối, lúng túng
communicate
/kə'mju:nɪkeɪt/
(v)
giao tiếp
contribute
/kən'trɪbju:t/
(v)
đóng góp
cope with
/kəʊp wɪð/
(v. phr)
enquire
/ɪn'kwaɪə(r)/
(v)
đương đầu với hỏi
enroll
/ɪn'rəʊl/
(v.)
kết nạp, ghi danh, tuyển dụng
expense
/ɪk'spens/
(n.)
chi phí
housekeeping
/ˈhaʊskiːpɪŋ/
(n.)
công việc quản gia
inaccurate
/ɪnˈækjərət/
(adj.)
không chính xác
interpersonal
/ˌɪntəˈpɜːsənəl/
(adj.)
giữa cá nhân với nhau, liên nhân
motivated
/ˈməʊtɪveɪtɪd/
(adj.)
có động lực, tích cực
overcome
/ˌəʊvəˈkʌm/
(v.)
vượt qua
prioritise
/praɪˈɒrɪtaɪz/
(v.)
ưu tiên
priority
/praɪˈɒrəti/
(n.)
quyền ưu tiên
protective
/prəˈtektɪv/
(adj.)
bảo vệ, che chở
strive for
/straɪv fɔ:(r)/
(v. phr.)
nỗ lực
suffer from
/ˈsʌfər frɒm/
(phr. v.)
chịu đựng
time management
/taɪm ˈmænɪdʒmənt/ (n.)
quản lý thời gian
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW Danh từ/tính từ theo sau bởi động từ nguyên thể có “to” Noun/ Adjective + to verb I. Noun + to verb 1. Cấu trúc Cấu trúc danh từ đi với động từ nguyên thể có “to” có nghĩa là sau danh từ chúng ta dùng “to” và động từ nguyên thể. Cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to” này sẽ làm rõ nghĩa liên quan đến danh từ. N. + to V Ví dụ: She showed no willingness to help. (Cô ấy không tỏ ra có thiện ý giúp đỡ.) Sau danh từ willingness là cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to” to help để làm rõ nghĩa cho danh từ này, cụ thể là thiện ý giúp đỡ, không phải thiện ý làm gì khác. 2. Các danh từ dùng trong cấu trúc: noun + to verb Danh từ trừu tượng ability “khả năng” advice “lời khuyên” ambition “hoài bão” anxiety “mối lo âu” attempt “sự cố gắng” chance “cơ hội” 3. Ví dụ
decision quyết định” demand “yêu cầu” dream “ước mơ” effort “nỗ lực” failure “thất bại” offer “lời đề nghị”
permission “sự cho phép” plan “kế hoạch” request “yêu cầu” way “cách thức” willingness “thiện ý” wish “mơ ước”
His dream to become a doctor comes true. (Ước mơ trở thành bác sĩ của anh ấy đã trở thành hiện thực.) Sau danh từ dream là động từ nguyên thể có “to” to become để làm rõ nội dung ước mơ của anh ấy là to become a doctor - trở thành bác sĩ. I'm impressed by her ambition to be a successful woman. (Tôi bị ấn tượng bởi hoài bão trở thành một người phụ nữ thành đạt của cô ấy.) Sau danh từ ambition là động từ nguyên thể có “to” to be để làm rõ nội dung hoài bão của cô ấy là trở thành a successful woman - một người phụ nữ thành đạt. II. Adjective + to verb 1. Cấu trúc số 1 N./ Pron. + linking verb + adj. + to V Cấu trúc này có nghĩa là “ai đó cảm thấy thế nào vì làm gì/ ai đó cảm thấy thế nào khi làm gì”. Ví dụ: Linda seemed happy to see her old friends. (Linda có vẻ vui khi gặp gỡ những người bạn cũ.) Trong đó: Linda (danh từ), seemed (động từ nối), happy (tính từ), to see her old friends (cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to”). Các tỉnh từ sử dụng trong cấu trúc này: Tính từ afraid “sợ hãi” glad “vui mừng” proud “tự hào” amazed “ngạc nhiên” happy “hạnh phúc” sad “buồn bã” determined “quả quyết” lucky “may mắn” sorry “buồn, tiếc” disappointed “thất vọng” pleased “hài lòng” surprised “ngạc nhiên” Ví dụ: I'm proud to announce this year's winner. (Tôi thấy vinh dự khi công bố người thắng cuộc của năm nay.) Sau tính từ proud là động từ nguyên thể có “to” to announce. I'm amazed to hear about the birth of her baby. (Tôi ngạc nhiên khi biết tin cô ấy sinh em bé.) Sau tính từ amazed là động từ nguyên thể có “to” to hear. 2. Cấu trúc số 2 It + linking verb + adj. + (for sb) + to V Cấu trúc này dùng khi đưa ra bình luận, nhận xét tính chất của hành động “làm gì đó thì như thế nào” hoặc “ai đó thấy như thế nào khi làm gì”. Ví dụ: It's interesting for us to work with Mary. (Chúng tôi cảm thấy thú vị khi làm việc với Mary.) Trong đó: It (chủ ngữ giả), 's (động từ nối), interesting (tính từ), for us (chuyển thể từ for sb), to work with Mary (cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to”) Các tính từ sử dụng trong cấu trúc này: Tính từ
boring “nhàm chán” great “tuyệt vời” interesting “thú vị” difficult “khó khăn” hard “khó khăn” likely “có thể” easy “dễ dàng” important “quan trọng” necessary “cần thiết” good “tốt đẹp” impossible “không thể” nice “tốt đẹp” Ví dụ: It looked impossible for her to finish on time. (Có vẻ cô ấy không thể hoàn thành đúng giờ.) Sau tính từ impossible là for her (chuyển thể từ for sb) và cụm động từ nguyên thể có "to" to finish on time. It's difficult to answer such questions. (Thật khó để trả lời những câu hỏi như vậy.) \ Sau tính từ difficult là động từ nguyên thể có “to” to answer. 3. Cấu trúc số 3 It + linking verb + adj. + of sb + to V Cấu trúc này được dùng để đưa ra bình luận, nhận xét về cử chỉ, hành động của ai đó “ai đó thật thế nào khi làm gì”. Ví dụ: It's kind of Nancy to support Laura. (Nancy thật là tốt bụng khi hỗ trợ Laura.) Câu trên bắt đầu bằng chủ ngữ giả It, theo sau là động từ nối is (viết rút gọn là “s), tiếp đến là tính từ kind, còn of sb trong câu này là of Nancy, cuối cùng là cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to” to support Laura. Câu này có ý nhận xét hành động Nancy hỗ trợ Laura là cử chỉ tốt đẹp. Các tính từ sử dụng trong cấu trúc này: Tính từ kind “tốt bụng” friendly “thân thiện” rude “thô lỗ” unkind “xấu bụng” unfriendly “không thân thiện” nice “tốt đẹp” polite “lịch sự” generous “rộng lượng” clever “thông minh” impolite “bất lịch sự” mean “ích kỉ” silly “ngu ngốc” Ví dụ: It's impolite of him to shout at her. (Anh ta thật mất lịch sự khi hét vào mặt cô ấy.) Theo sau tính từ impolite là of him và cụm động từ nguyên thể có “to” to shout at her. It's nice of Jane to help her mother cook a meal. (Jane thật tốt bụng khi giúp mẹ cô ấy nấu ăn.) Theo sau tính từ nice là of Jane và động từ nguyên thể có “to” to help. GHI NHỚ Cấu trúc danh từ theo sau bởi động từ nguyên thể có “to”: N. + to V Cấu trúc tính từ theo sau bởi động từ nguyên thể có “to”: N./Pron.+ linking verb + adj. + to V It + linking verb + adj. + (for sb) + to V It + linking verb + adj. + of sb + to V PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. few
B. new
C. threw
D. knew
2. A. weight
B. height
C. eight
D. vein
3. A. wanted
B. helped
C. wicked
D. naked
4. A. intermediate
B. immediate
C. medium
D. medicine
5. A. uncertain
B. unbeatable
C. unanimous
D. undone
6. A. shield
B. cement
C. executive
D. spill
7. A. hasty
B. nasty
C. tasty
D. wastage
8. A. prestige
B. village
C. advantage
D. heritage
9. A. scheme
B. parachute
C. architect
D. psychology
10. A. visit
B. site
C. invite
D. decide
II. Choose the word which is different from the other in the position of primary stress. 1. A. sovereignty
B. edition
C. advantage
D. enrichment
2. A. commit
B. open
C. index
D. preview
3. A. candidate
B. habitat
C. wilderness
D. attendance
4. A. recipe
B. candidate
C. instrument
D. commitment
5. A. conceal
B. contain
C. converse
D. conquer
6. A. integral
B. terrific
C. museum
D. cathedral
7. A. architectural
B. cosmopolitan
C. appreciative
D. archeologist
8. A. compulsory
B. compliment
C. methodical
D. certificate
9. A. endanger
B. catastrophe
C. opponent
D. vulnerable
10. A. economics
B. engineering
C. information
D. geography
III. Choose the word whose part of speech is different from the others. 1. A. accurate
B. approach
C. communicate
D. contribute
2. A. enquire
B. enroll
C. expense
D. approach
3. A. foolish
B. entrance
C. motivated
D. overcome
4. A. priority
B. motivated
C. time management D. expense
5. A. protective
B. prioritize
C. overcome
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match words with their definitions.
D. enquire
1. sell-discipline 2. self-esteem
A. the belief and confidence in your own ability and value B. the ability to make yourself do what you know you should do although you do not want to do 3. self-reliant C. doing everything on your own without others' help 4. assignment D. a task or piece of work that somebody is given to do 5. reliability E. a choice you make after thinking and talking about what is the best thing to do 6. decision F. the quality of being able to be trusted to do what somebody wants or needs II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in the brackets. 1. Being too ___________________ on his mother makes me have a bad impression on him. (INDEPENDENT) 2. She is ____________________________ to become a director of that company. (DETERMINATION) 3. You should think it over before making that ____________________________. (DECIDE) 4. My ___________________________ for this girl grows daily. (ADMIRE) 5. Before watching TV. I must finish all of these __________________________. (ASSIGN) 6. Family plays an important role in establishing children's ___________________________. (ESTEEM ) 7. How can you know that he is a ____________________________ man? (RELIABILITY) III. Choose the best answer. 1. In order to have a great essay, you should look for useful information from ____ sources. A. well informed
B. reliable
C. determined
2. My cousin is a very ____ person because he has a lot of knowledge about current topics and particular situations. A. determined
B. decisive
C. well-informed
3. She is the most ____ woman in the world I have ever known. When she makes a firm decision to do something, she will never give up or let someone prevent her. A. determined
B. independent
C. accurate
4. Being ____ is a vital skill for people who want to take more control of their lives and reach their goal on their own. A. independent
B. decisive
C. reliable
5. The teacher ____ a different task to each student at the beginning of the term. A. assigned
B. admired
C. reminded
6. Many teenagers ____ heavily on their parents, so they cannot live independently. A. admire
B. rely
C. decide
7. Your education background is a ____ factor for your future career. A. motivated
B. well-informed
C. decisive
IV. Fill in the gaps with suitable prepositions. 1. It's time for you to stop relying ____ your parents. A. on
B. in
C. at
2. She strives ____ a balance between studies and relationships. A. on
B. at
C. for
3. Aptitude and motivation contribute enormously ____ the success of learning a language. A. to
B. in
C. for
4. Yoga and meditation help to improve the ability to cope ____ stress and anxiety. A. about
B. with
C. for
5. That situation placed me ____ a loss, which I will never forget. A. on
B. in
C. at
6. He must have suffered ____ flu for a long time. A. from
B. at
C. in
V. Complete the sentences using the given words/ phrases. enroll
approaching
expense
enquired
am at a loss
priority
overcoming
cope with
1. To __________________________________ these problems, you must be well-prepared. 2. I _________________________________ when running across my boyfriend in the street. 3. If you want to be a good leader, ________________________________ these challenges is essential. 4. Finding somewhere to live is now my top ______________________________. 5. Tom invests a great _______________________ in this project in hope that he can be successful. 6. Jane _________________________ a lot about the reading assignment. 7. We could see the train _______________________ in the distance. 8. Please tell me about the course as soon as possible so that I can ___________________________ early. VI. Choose the best answer to complete each sentence. 1. It is necessary ____ for that book. A. to look
B. looking
C. look
2. It is very simple to ____ this machine. A. to use
B. used
C. use
3. She was excited ____ a letter from her mother last week. A. to receive
B. receive
4. We are very surprised to ____ Peter at the party.
C. receiving
A. seeing
B. see
C. seen
B. hard for reading
C. hardly to read
5. Your handwriting is ____. A. hard to read
6. She has the ____ well with work pressure. A. able to cope
B. ability for coping
C. ability to cope
7. Susan made a great effort ____ all homework before the deadline but it was in vain. A. for accomplishment
B. to accomplish
C. accomplish
8. Jack harbors an ambition ____ an inspiring teacher A. being
B. be
C. to be
9. It is important ____ us to hand in the report on time. A. to
B. for
C. of
B. generously
C. generosity
10. It is ____ of him to help the poor. A. generous
VII. Complete the sentences using the given phrases. offer to help
dangerous to go
decision to drop
difficult to follow
hard to believe
desire to get
easy to understand
chance to improve
plan to move
necessary to wait
1. A: Turn right, then left, go ahead and then left again. B: It is _________________________________ your directions. Can you tell me more details? 2. A: Do you make out what the teacher has just said? B: Yes, I do. It is quite ____________________________. 3. A: Mary has just received first prize in the competition. B: It is ____________________________. Mary said that she had done it terribly. 4. A: It is 9 o'clock. Can we start now? B: It is ____________________________ for the marketing manager. I think that he is on the way here. 5. A: Stop! Susan. It is ____________________________ near the tiger cage. B: Oh! Thanks a lot. You save my life. 6. We were surprised at his ______________________________ with the project. 7. Her ____________________________ out of school is a difficult one to make. 8. Studying in England gives you a ____________________________ your English skills. 9. It was his ____________________________ a good job that motivated him to study Japanese. 10. Sandy's ____________________________ to Madrid bothered her parents.
VIII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the given words (use n./adj. to V) 1. I am ____________________________ the result of the exam too late. (disappointment, receive) 2. It is important for you ____________________________ confidence in yourself. (having) 3. Her ____________________________ the secret causes a lot of trouble for her (fail, kept) 4. It was her ____________________________ abroad that inspires her to study hard. (motivate, lived) 5. Mary is ___________________________ one of the most excellent students in her class. (happiness, became) 6. It's ____________________________ a good friend. (luck, have) 7. Her competitor is ill, which increases her ____________________________ the champion. (chance, became) 8. It is rude of him ____________________________ when his mouth is full of food. (speaker) IX. Complete the letter by choosing the appropriate adjectives or nouns. willingness
difficult
nice
glad
way
dream
hard
surprised
Dear Mary, My parents and I are (1) _____________________ to know that you passed the end-ofterm examination. Congratulations! I think that with your excellence, your (2) _____________________ to become a good doctor will come true. My younger sister was really (3) _____________________ to receive a hair curling machine from you on her birthday and she asked me to say "thank you to you However, she doesn't know the (4) _____________________ to use that machine. It seems (5) _____________________ for her to use it. I was relieved that your mother had recovered after a serious surgery. It was (6) ___________________ to believe that she had to suffer from a severe disease for a long period of time. Please give her my love. I am excited that you're going to visit my beautiful city. I want to show you my (7) _____________________ to take you to famous places. We're looking forward to seeing you. It will be (8) _____________________ for me to welcome you to my house. Write me soon and confirm your arrival date and time. Love, Sam. X. Choose the sentence that is best rewritten from the given one(s). 1. You should bring an umbrella with you. That is necessary. A. It is necessary to bring an umbrella with you. B. It is necessary of you to bring an umbrella.
2. I was not allowed to stay outside overnight. A. I didn't have to stay outside overnight. B. I had no permission to stay outside overnight. 3. Don't expect that everyone will agree with you. That is unreasonable. A. Everyone is reasonable to agree with you. B. It is unreasonable to expect that everyone will agree with you. 4. She has determination to achieve the goal. A. It was her determination that helped her achieve the goal. B. She is determined to achieve the goal. 5. We can't know exactly what will happen in 20 years. That is impossible. A. It is impossible to know exactly what will happen in 20 years. B. It is impossible of us to know exactly what will happen in 20 years. 6. Watch this video. It is very useful. A. It is very useful to watch this video. B. Watch this video is very useful. 7. My sister is able to solve every problem quickly. A. My sister has the ability to solve every problem quickly. B. It is hard for my sister to solve every problem quickly. 8. Don't touch that button. It is dangerous. A. It is dangerous not to touch that button. B. It is dangerous to touch that button. 9. We can't find a suitable candidate for this position. That is difficult. A. It is difficult for us to find a suitable candidate for this position. B. It was difficult for us to find a suitable candidate for this position. 10. I don't know how to use this washing machine. A. I don't know the way how to use this machine. B. I don't know the way to use this washing machine. C. READING I. Read the text and do the tasks below. Many young people strive to be independent. That means you are able to take care of yourself, and you don't have to rely on anyone else. However, to live independently, you need a number of life skills in order not to depend on your parents and older brothers or sisters. One of the most important skills is time management which can help you build your confidence and self-esteem. With good time management
skills, you can perform your daily tasks, including your responsibilities at school and at home with pleasing results. Moreover, you will not feel stressed when exam dates are approaching. These skills can also help you act more independently and responsibly, get better grades at school and have more time for your family and friends. Developing time-management skills is not as challenging as you may think. Firstly, make a plan for things you need to do, including appointments and deadlines. Using a diary or apps on mobile devices will remind you of what you need to accomplish and when you need to accomplish it. Secondly, prioritize your activities. You need to decide which tasks are the most urgent and important and then, concentrate on these first. This way, you may not be at a loss to deal with too much work at the same time. Thirdly, develop routines because routines, when established, take less time for you to do your tasks. Time management skills are not hard to develop; once you master them, you will find out that they are great keys to success and you can become independent. Task 1. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. 1. Not only young people try to be independent. 2. People will be independent when they are mature. 3. Time-management is the only thing you need to be independent. 4. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem when they are good at managing their time. 5. Good time-management can help teenagers get better grades at school. Task 2. Choose the best answers for the following questions. 1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Young people need a lot of life skills to be independent. B. Teenagers can have more confidence and self-esteem if they have good time-management skills. C. Mastering time-management skills can bring many benefits and there are three steps to develop them. 2. Which of the following is not mentioned as benefits of good time-management? A. Be more confident and self-esteemed. B. Complete the daily tasks with the best result. C. Get better grades at school and have more time for other activities. 3. How can you prioritize your activities? A. Make schedule for things you need to do. B. Concentrate on the most urgent and important tasks first. C. Try to establish routines. 4. What does the word accomplish mean?
A. Complete
B. Involve
C. Duty
5. What is the author's viewpoint on developing time-management skills? A. It's hard but you can master it well. B. It's very challenging to build. C. It's easier to master than people think. II. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box. reasonable
confidence
independent
Encourage
alone
complete
worth
set
giving
reward
Helping your child to become an independent learner One of the most important learning skills you can help your child to develop is to become an (1.) __________________ learner. Children who are more independent learners tend to have more self-confidence and have a greater sense that they are in control of their learning. Encouraging independent learning can happen from a young age, but it can be hard for parents who are not trained teachers to know when they are (2.) __________________ too much help and when they are not giving enough. If you regularly help your child with their homework, there are a few simple steps you can take to help your child become more independent learners. ✓Help your child to answer the first question or two in an activity then allow them to do the next ones by themselves. (3.) ___________________ them to get the answer themselves, but if they are struggling it may help them to point out how you would find the answer. ✓ Negotiate a time limit on how long they think it will take them to finish the rest of the activity to help them stay focused on their work. Perhaps even (4.) __________________ a timer on your phone and encourage them to 'race' the clock. The time limit should be (5.) __________________ so that children can complete the activity with neat writing. ✓If your child is used to your presence when they (6.) __________________ their homework, gradually move away from them over a period of time. Helping them to start their homework and then moving to sit nearby but not with them while they finished can give them the comfort of you being there but encourage them to complete the work by themselves. Over time you can put more distance between you until they are able to work (7.) ____________________ while you are able to get on with other things you might need to do. ✓ Set aside time after your child has finished their homework to spend some time alone and focused on them. You could play a game together or read a story. It's a good (8.) __________________ for having finished their work by themselves. Most importantly, be firm. If your child won't try to work independently or is fussing over something that they can do quite easily when you are there, let them know that you have (9.) _____________________ in their ability to do it by themselves but you won't help them unless they really need it. It can be hard to say ‘no, but it is (10.) ___________________ seeing them become more confident and self-assured as learners and people.
III. Read through the text below, answer the questions below. Scottish Independence The majority of people in Scotland are in favour breaking away from the rest of the UK and becoming independent, according to a poll taken just before the 300th anniversary of the Act of Union, which united Scotland and England. A pair of Acts of Parliament, passed in 1706 and 1707 that came into effect on May 1, 1707, created Great Britain. The parliaments of both countries were dissolved, and replaced by a new Parliament of Great Britain in Westminster, London. The poll showed support for independence for Scotland is running at 51%. This is the first time since 1998 that support for separation has passed 50%, and the first time since devolution gave power to the country in 1999. Six months before elections for the Scottish Parliament, these poll results come as good news to the Scottish Nationalist Party, who are hoping to make progress against Labour and further the cause of an independent Scotland. Many people have become disillusioned with devolution, and believe that the Scottish Parliament has failed to deliver what they had hoped it would; only a tenth have no opinion. In fact, only 39% of those polled want to keep things as they are. 1. Scotland and England ____. A. have always been united.
B. want to break up the union.
C. have been united for a long time.
D. were united by war.
2. Great Britain ____. A. was formed by an Act of Parliament in 1706. B. was formed by two Acts of Parliament in 1707. C. was formed by an Act of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707. D. was formed by Acts of Parliament that came into effect on May 1st 1707. 3. People who want indepence for Scotland ____. A. are the vast majority.
B. are in the minority.
C. are the slight majority.
D. have decreased in number since devolution.
4. The majority of people wanted independence for the first time ____. A. before devolution.
B. in 1999.
C. after devolution.
D. before and after independence.
5. The results of the poll are good news ____. A. for Labour.
B. for both parties.
C. for the Scottish Nationalist Party.
D. for devolution.
6. Most people's opinions of devolution ____.
A. have gone up.
B. have gone down.
C. are the same.
D. make progress against Labour.
7. The number of people who want to keep things as they are ____. A. is greater than those that don't know.
B. is smaller than those that don't know.
C. is increasing
D. is the majority.
D. WRITING I. Rewrite each sentence using "noun/ adj + to V" and the given word in brackets. 1. She is excited that she gets first prize in the competition. (excited) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. My mother was very surprised when she heard that I had won a lottery. (surprised) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. I was very happy that I met my long-lost friend again. (happy) ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. She is determined that she can find the best solution for this serious problem. (determined) ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. That room needs cleaning by Ms. Laura this afternoon. (necessary) ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Linda finds it interesting to study and listen to music at the same time. (interesting) ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Mary is kind because she helps the poor and the disabled. (kind) ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. Peter is clever when he chooses to work in Nancy's team. (clever) ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. Finally, she decided to take part in the talk show for young people. (decision) ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. Mark always tries to finish his homework on time. (attempt) ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meaning, using the given words. 1. It's a long time since he last called me. He hasn't ____________________________________________________________________________ 2. When did he get the job?
How long ago ________________________________________________________________________ 3. I advise you to book a table in advance. If I ________________________________________________________________________________ _ 4. I don't want to tell them the secret. I would rather ________________________________________________________________________ 5. If I improved my English speaking skill, I would easily get that job. Were _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. We wanted to get good seats so we arrived early. In order _____________________________________________________________________________ 7. It took her nearly an hour to do the crossword. She spent ___________________________________________________________________________ 8. The policeman made him confess after three days. He was _____________________________________________________________________________ 9. Nga finds Maths easier than Physics. Physics is not ________________________________________________________________________ 10. I advise you to see a doctor. You ought ___________________________________________________________________________ III. Write these sentences in another way beginning as shown. 1. It's difficult to understand him. He is difficult to understand. 2. It's easy to use this machine. This machine is _______________________________________________________________________
3. It was very difficult to open the window. The window _________________________________________________________________________ 4. It's impossible to translate some words. Some words _________________________________________________________________________ 5. It's expensive to maintain a car. A ________________________________________________________________________________ __ 6. It's not safe to stand on that chair. That ________________________________________________________________________________ IV. Complete the second sentences. Use the adjective in brackets and “to…” as in the example. 1. I couldn't answer the question. (difficult) It was a difficult question to answer. 2. Everybody makes that mistake. (easy) It's an _________________________________________________________________________ 3. I like living in this place. (nice) It's a __________________________________________________________________________ 4. We enjoyed watching the game. (good) It was a _______________________________________________________________________ V. Make a new sentence beginning "It ...". Use one of these adjectives each time. careless
inconsiderate
kind
nice
1. Sue has offered to help me. It's kind of Sue to offer to help me. 2. You make the same mistake again and again. It __________________________________________________________________________________ 3. Dan and Jenny invited me to stay with them. They are so nice.
______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The neighbours make so much noise at night. They are so inconsiderate. ______________________________________________________________________________ VI. Use the following words to complete these sentences. sorry/hear
glad/hear
pleased/get
surprised/see
1. We were pleased to get your letter last week. 2. I got your message. I _____________________________ that you're keeping well. 3. We ____________________________________ Paula at the party. We didn't expect her to come. 4. I _____________________________________ that your mother isn't well. I hope she gets better soon. PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. adopt
B. involve
C. stroll
D. follow
2. A. exist
B. mind
C. inspire
D. provide
3. A refusal
B. music
C. student
D. studying
4. A. lecturer
B. medium
C. inventor
D. president
5. A teach
B. cheer
C. characterize
D. watch
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. actor
B. commit
C. fashion
D. motion
2. A. education
B. industrial
C. intelligent
D. traditional
3. A. industry
B. refugee
C. magazine
D. Japanese
4. A. freedom
B. contact
C. furnish
D. disturb
5. A. independence
B. impractical
C. education
D. entertainment
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. We could not ____ my kid in that course because the class was full. A. send
B. enroll
C. afford
D. interact
C. objection
D. housekeeping
2. All members in my family share the ____. A. homework
B. norm
3. The new chairman's policy ____ much to the development of our city. A. outweighs
B. works out
C. contributes
D. breaks up
4. Those who have strong ____ skills are able to get on well with most types of people. A. personal
B. interpersonal
C. matchmaking
D. potential
5. An example of ____ is when a child doesn't need anyone to remind him of what to do. A. self-discipline
B. self-esteem
C. self-employment
D. self-educated
II. Complete the following sentences using the given words. confident
relationship
independent
reconciled
argument
1. They had a/an ______________________________ life, so they can decide everything on their own. 2. Before breaking up, Mai Anh and Nam had a serious ___________________________. 3. We cannot be ______________________ because he can't forgive me for my fault. 4. It's very important to teach students to become ______________________ and strong-willed. 5. Getting involved in a romantic ___________________ does not sound right for you now. You are too young. III. Choose the options that best fit the blanks. 1. According to the doctor's advice, April ____ overuse antibiotics and stay up after midnight. A. should
B. must
C. shouldn't
D. oughtn't
2. It ____ my carelessness that caused me a lot of problems in my life and my work. A. is
B. was
C. has been
D. will be
3. Every student ____ be disrespectful to their teachers in any circumstances. A. mustn't
B. doesn't have to
C. don't have to
D. ought to
4. I can get up late, enjoy a cup of tea while listening to my favourite piece of music on Sunday because I ____ work that day. A. have to
B. must
C. ought not to
D. don't have to
5. You ____ work in front of a computer screen for too long. It isn't good for your eyesight as well as your back. A. shouldn't
B. should
C. don't have to
D. have to
6. These flowers smell ____. I'll buy them for my girlfriend's birthday. A. please
B. pleased
C. pleasant
D. pleasantly
7. When John ____ older, he'll probably be mature enough to decide his own life. A. sounds
B. looks
C. smells
D. gets
8. It is in a luxury restaurant ____ the thirtieth wedding anniversary of Mr. and Mrs. Brown is held. A. that
B. what
C. when
D. who
IV. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. His boss seems (angrily) _______________________ today, so he avoids adding fuel to the fire.
2. It (be) ________________________ Van Anh who I always share my stories with. 3. I was (amaze) ____________________ to hear that their close friendship turned into a romantic relationship. 4. It's impossible for her (take) _______________________ care of her twins and her mother-in-law. 5. Laura's very surprised at her kids' offer (doing) _______________________ the dishes. 6. It is unreasonable (expectation) _______________________ everyone in this world to be kind to you. 7. Instead of forcing children to do things in a very controlling way, parents (ought, explanation) ____________ ________________________________ what they expect them to do and why. 8. Most teens become (depress) ________________________ if their romantic relationship ends. C. READING I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given. Graduating from high school is one of the most important milestones in your life. It's when you have to decide whether you should go to university or you should stop going to school and get a job or attend a vocational training course. Each system has its own focus, style of learning and unique strengths to offer, which can make choosing the right option for you a challenge. The most important factors to consider are your strengths and your interests. If you have a specific career in mind like one in medicine or science, going to university is the best choice, because these jobs really need the academic knowledge only a university education can give you. However, if you simply want to enter higher education because you believe that a degree will open doors for you once you enter the job market, you should think it over. You can go straight into a job and take evening classes to gain qualifications. If you start work and take a break to study when you are older, you can save your money for your studies and get practical experience. Now it's time for you to make an important decision. 1. High school graduation marks a turning point in a person's life. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
2. Most people choose to go to university after finishing high school instead of starting to work. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
3. If a person wants to become a physician, going to university is the best choice. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
4. If someone only thinks of obtaining a degree as a privilege in the job market, they can land a job and take evening classes to gain qualifications. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
5. The writer knows some people get a job after graduating from high school and then come back to their studies later in their lives.
A. True
B. False
C. Not given
D. WRITING I. Complete the letter by choosing the appropriate word. take
to help
to visit
unchanged
pay homage to
Dear Barbara, I'm so glad to hear about your plan (1) __________________ Vietnam this summer vacation and your eagerness to know about some general family rules for teenagers in Vietnam. I've just told my parents about your forthcoming trip, and they said they are very happy to welcome you to our house. About some Vietnamese family rules for teens, I think that there are three most crucial ones that family members, especially teenagers are expected to follow. First of all, respecting the elderly is the most noticeable family tradition or value. From early ages, children are taught to (2) __________________ their parents and other older people. Parents themselves set good examples for their children by looking after their old-aged parents and providing them with both financial and emotional support. Secondly, it's expected that adolescents help their parents around with the housework and other home duties. Teens can help cook meals, do the washing up, tidy up the house or (3) ____________________ care of younger siblings. Those who live in the countryside are sometimes required to work on the farm with their parents to support the family. Last but not least, children are supposed to perform well at school. Most Vietnamese people believe that education is the only weapon to combat poverty and change a person's life, so parents want their children to study hard in the hope of a bright future. Then children may have a better chance (4) _________________ their parents in return. Life is changing day by day, and family rules are changing as well. However, in my view, the three mentioned rules remain (5) __________________in our culture. I hope this information is useful to you. If you have any questions, please let me know. I look forward to seeing you in Vietnam! Lots of love, Gia Han II. Rewrite each sentence without changing its meaning, using the given word(s)in brackets. 1. Tim doesn’t have to agree with everything his parents say. (It, necessary) ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. My parents always refuse to allow me to stay out late. (never, let) ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. She has a lot of friends because she’s willing to help others unconditionally. (because of, willingness) ______________________________________________________________________________
Unit 4. CARING FOR THOSE IN NEED PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY barrier
/ˈbæriə(r)/
(n.)
blind
/blaɪnd/
(adj.) mù, không nhìn thấy được
campaign
/kæmˈpeɪn/
(n.)
chiến dịch
charity
/ˈtʃærəti/
(n.)
hội từ thiện, việc từ thiện
cognitive
/ˈkɒɡnətɪv/
(adj.) liên quan đến nhận thức
deaf
/def/
(adj.) điếc, không nghe thấy được
disability
/ˌdɪsəˈbɪləti/
(n.)
disabled
/dɪsˈeɪbld/
(adj.) (n.) không có khả năng sử dụng chân tay, người tàn tật
disrespectful
/ˌdɪsrɪˈspektfl/
(adj.) thiếu tôn trọng
donate
/dəʊˈneɪt/
(v.)
dumb
/dʌm/
(adj.) câm, không nói được
effectively
/ɪˈfektɪvli
(adv.) hiệu quả
impairment
/ɪmˈpeəmənt/
(n.)
sự suy yếu, hư hại, hư hỏng
integrate
/ˈɪntɪɡreɪt/
(v.)
hòa nhập, hội nhập
launch
/lɔ:ntʃ/
(v.)
phát động, khởi động
physical
/ˈfɪzɪkl/
(adj.) (thuộc về) cơ thể, thể chất
principal
/ˈprɪnsəpl/
(n.)
hiệu trưởng
talent
/ˈtælənt/
(n.)
tài năng, người có tài
visual
/ˈvɪʒuəl/
(adj.) (thuộc về) thị giác, có liên quan đến thị giác
volunteer
/ˌvɒlənˈtɪə(r)/
(n.)
accessible
/əkˈsesəbl/
(adj.) có thể tiếp cận được
coordination
/kəʊˌɔːdɪˈneɪʃn/
(n.)
sự hợp tác
discrimination
/dɪˌskrɪmɪˈneɪʃn/
(n.)
sự phân biệt đối xử
fracture
/ˈfræktʃə(r)/
(n.) (v.) (chỗ/sự) gãy xương)
hardship
/ˈhɑ:dʃɪp/
(n)
sự vất vả
ingredient
/ɪn'gri:diənt/
(n.)
thành phần, nguyên liệu
involve
/ɪnˈvɒlv/
rào cản, chướng ngại vật
sự ốm yếu, tàn tật
quyên góp, tặng
người tình nguyện, tình nguyện viên
(v.)
bao gồm, bao hàm
limitation
/ˌlɪmɪ'teɪʃn/
(n.)
sự giới hạn, hạn chế
millennium
/mɪ'leniəm/
(n.)
thiên niên kỷ
mobility
/məʊˈbɪləti/
(n.)
tính di động, lưu động
pedestrian
/pə'destriən/
(n.)
người đi bộ
promote
/prə'məʊt/
(v.)
khuyến khích, đẩy mạnh, làm tăng thêm
rewarding
/rɪ'wɔ:dɪŋ/
(adj.) bổ ích, đáng làm
support
/səˈpɔːt/
(n.) (v.) (sự) ủng hộ, khuyến khích
vocational training
/vəʊ'keɪʃənl 'treɪnɪŋ/ (n. phr.) đào tạo nghề
wheelchair
/ˈwiːltʃeə(r)/
(n.)
xe lăn
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và quá khứ đơn (Comparison of present perfect and past simple) I. Dạng thức Hiện tại hoàn thành + Khẳng định S + have (‘ve)/ has (‘s) + VPII ... Eg: I have already taken the English test. (Tôi đã làm bài thi tiếng Anh rồi.) + Phủ định S+ have not (haven't)/ has not (hasn't) + VPII ... Eg: He hasnt taken the English test yet. (Anh ấy vẫn chưa làm bài thi tiếng Anh.) + Nghi vấn Have/ Has + S + VPII ......? Eg: Have they taken the English test yet? (Họ đã làm bài thi tiếng Anh chưa?) Quá khứ đơn + Khẳng định S+ Vpast tense …. Eg: I went to the movies yesterday. (Hôm qua tôi đi xem phim.) + Phủ định S+ did not (didn't) + V... Eg: He didn't go to the movies yesterday. (Hôm qua anh ấy không đi xem phim.) + Nghi vấn Did + S + V ...? Eg: Did they go to the movies yesterday? (Hôm qua họ có đi xem phim không?) II. Các dấu hiệu nhận biết Hiện tại hoàn thành
- already (då ...rồi): I have already cooked dinner. (Tôi đã nấu bữa tối rồi.) - yet (chưa): Have you spoken to him yet? (Bạn đã nói chuyện với anh ấy chưa?) - just (vừa mới): He's just finished his homework. (Anh ấy vừa mới hoàn thành bài tập về nhà của anh ấy.) - recently (gần đây): He has bought a new car recently. (Gần đây anh ấy mua một chiếc xe hơi mới.) - ever (đã từng): Have you ever visited Paris? (Bạn đã từng đến thăm Paris chưa?) - never (chưa bao giờ): I have never seen a lion. (Tôi chưa bao giờ nhìn thấy một con sư tử.) - since (kể từ): She’s been ill since Monday. (Cô ấy bị ốm từ hôm thứ Hai.) - for (trong khoảng): My daughter has been ill for two days. (Con gái của tôi bị ốm hai ngày rồi.) Quá khứ đơn - yesterday (hôm qua): Yesterday I stayed at home. (Tôi ở nhà vào ngày hôm qua.) - last ... (last week, last month, last year, ...) (... truớc): She got married last year. (Cô ấy kết hôn vào năm ngoái.) - ... ago (two years ago, centuries ago, ...) (... trước) I graduated from university three years ago. (Tôi tốt nghiệp đại học ba năm trước đây.) - in + past time (in 1990, in the 19th century, ...) (vào thời điểm ) He was born in 1995. (Anh ấy sinh năm 1995.). III. Cách sử dụng 1. Xét về thời điểm diễn ra của sự việc trong quá khứ Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả một hành động xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm không xác định trong quá khứ. Ví dụ: Don isn't here now. He has left for Singapore. (Hiện giờ Don không có ở đây, Anh ấy đã đến Singapore.) Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả một hành động xảy ra và kết thúc tại một thời điểm xác định trong quá khứ. Ví dụ: Don left for Singapore yesterday. (Don đến Singapore vào ngày hôm qua.) 2. Xét về hành động trong quá khứ có hoặc không có liên quan đến hiện tại Thì hiện tại hoàn thành diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và còn kết quả ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: I’ve typed 10 letters this morning. (Sáng nay tôi đánh máy 10 bức thư.) Câu này có thể được nói trong tình huống “Bấy giờ vẫn còn là buổi sáng, và tôi có thể vẫn đánh máy được nhiều bức thư hơn nữa” Thì quá khứ đơn diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và không còn kết quả ở hiện tại. Ví dụ: I typed 10 letters this morning. (Sáng nay tôi đã đánh máy 10 bức thư.)
Câu này có thể được nói trong tình huống “Bây giờ không còn là buổi sáng, và tôi không đánh được thêm bức thư nào vào buổi sáng nữa” 3. Các ví dụ khác minh họa sự khác biệt giữa hai thì Ví dụ 1:
A: I have been to the island of Bali. (Tôi đã đến hòn đảo Bali.) → Không nhấn mạnh vào thời điểm đến đảo Bali B: When did you go there? (Bạn đến đó khi nào?) → Nhấn mạnh (hỏi) về thời điểm đến đảo Bali Ví dụ 2:
Ví dụ 2:
He has lived in Madrid for two years. (Anh ấy đã sống ở Madrid hai năm rồi.) → Hành động còn liên quan đến hiện tại vì anh ấy vẫn đang sống ở Madrid. He lived in Madrid for two years. (Anh ấy đã sống ở Madrid hai năm rồi.) → Không còn liên quan đến hiện tại vì anh ấy không còn sống ở Madrid. PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. comfort
B. hobby
C. knowledge
D. popular
2. A. about
B. announce
C. cough
D. shout
3. A. hood
B. hook
C. stood
D. tool
4. A. done
B. gone
C. mum
D. won
5. A. coup
B. group
C. soup
D. tough
6. A. filled
B. landed
C. suited
D. wicked
7. A. cloth
B. clothe
C. with
D. without
8. A. cease
B. chase
C. increase
D. raise
9. A. beds
B. doors
C. students
D. plays
10. A. gypsy
B. huge
C. piggy
D. strange
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. silent
B. children
C. village
D. advice
2. A. important
B. performance
C. silently
D. permission
3. A. efficient
B. flowery
C. flourishing
D. gramophone
4. A. inhabitant
B. initiate
C. engineering
D. ingenious
5. A. content
B. advice
C. promise
D. admire
II1. Put the given words into the right group. visual
deaf
donate
launch
campaign
blind
dumb
disabled
talent
cognitive
Disabilities
impairments Others
IV. Choose the suitable word to complete the sentence. 1. Last week we interviewed some volunteers who had worked with disabled/disabilities students. 2. There are more devices to enable people with impairments/physical disabilities to travel around. 3. These are students with various visual, hearing/deaf, physical and cognitive impairments. 4. We need to help disabled students to become independent and integrate/launch in the community. 5. The students in our class have charity/donated more than 50 gifts. V. Complete the sentences using the given words. impairments
voluntary
visual
volunteers
support
1. People with physical ________________________________ have difficulty climbing stairs. 2. This special school helps students with _________________________ impairments to learn Braille. 3. Many _________________________ have taken part in our programmes since the campaign was launched. 4. We have launched various services to __________________________ people with learning disabilities. 5. We completed a ________________________ project for our community center a month ago. VI. Fill in each gap with the past simple or the present perfect form of the given word(s). 1. Last night I (lose) __________________________ my keys. I had to call my flatmate to let me in. 2. I (lose) __________________________ my keys. Can you help me look for them? 3. He (live) _____________________ with his great grandmother for a few years - she died when he was eight. 4. She and her best friends (know) ___________________________ each other for over fifteen years. They still get together once a week. 5.
A: What's wrong? B: I (break) __________________________ a glass.
6. She (be) __________________________ a teacher for ten years, and she still enjoys it. 7. How many times (she/ go) __________________________ to the cinema last month? 8. Aunt to Jonny: Jonny, I can't believe how much you've changed since the last time I saw you. You (grow) __________________________ at least a foot! 9.
A: How long (you/ live) __________________________ in Paris?
B: Twenty years. We came back to live in England in 2010. 10.
A: How long (you/ live) __________________________ in Japan? B: Four years. And we really like it here.
VII. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one. 1. The company last won a trophy 20 years ago. The company hasn't won a trophy ________________________________________________________ 2. The club has been successful for three years. The club started to be successful _________________________________________________________ 3. The team last won a home game in September. The team hasn't won a home game _______________________________________________________ 4. Peter hasn't scored a goal for 2 months. Peter last scored a goal _________________________________________________________________ 5. The club started to play in this stadium in 2010. The club has played in this stadium _______________________________________________________ 6. She became the marketing manager 4 months ago. She has been the marketing manager ______________________________________________________ 7. Lien last visited a centre for children with cognitive impairments two weeks ago. Lien hasn't visited a centre for children with cognitive impairments _____________________________ 8. His sister got injured three weeks ago, and she's still in hospital now. His sister has been injured ______________________________________________________________ VIII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence. 1. Last year I volunteered to teach at a school for people with hearing impairments and launched/have launched a campaign to help them. 2.
A: How many times did you try/have you tried to pass your driving test? B: Three times so far.
3.
A: I can't send my e-mails because my computer's broken. B: How long was your computer/has your computer been broken? A: About a week. I'm going to take it back to the shop when I have time.
4.
A: I went to Japan on holiday last year. B: How long were you/have you been there? A: Only two weeks. It wasn't really long enough to see everything.
5.
A: When did he arrive/has he arrived? B: He arrived at 2 o'clock.
6.
A: Why don't you want to play football with us this weekend? B: I broke/have broken my leg.
7.
A: I never drank/have never drunk whiskey. B: Have some now.
8. My best friend, Linh went to Canana two years ago, but I wasn't/haven't been there so far. IX. Decide whether the underlined parts in the following sentences are Correct or Incorrect in terms of grammar. 1. When I turned on the radio yesterday, I heard a song that was popular when I was in high school. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
2. Ben has had a beautiful house near the beach for more than 20 years, but he sold it about five years ago. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
3. The US president has visited our country three times in the last two years. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
4. Look! There is so much food left. Nobody has eaten anything. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
5. We had a nice honeymoon in Budapest a few days ago but the journey to this beautiful city was exhausting as we have spent ten hours sitting on the train. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
6. I watched fireworks on New Year's Eve twice - once last year and once this year. I hope I can watch it next year. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
7. How often did you go on holiday when you were a child? A. Correct
B. Incorrect
8. John joined our team as a novice since last summer. Today he's promoted as the leader. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
X. Give the correct forms of the verbs in brackets using simple past or present perfect. 1. The floor looks dirty. I'm sure you (not clean up) ________________________________________. 2. (you/enjoy) ________________________________ the party last night? 3. My bicycle isn't here. I think someone (just take) ________________________________ it. 4. They (know) ________________________________ each other since they were children. 5. They are the most kind-hearted people he (ever meet) ________________________________. 6. He was late yesterday because he (be) ________________________________ stuck in the traffic jam. 7. Last year, he (donate) ________________________________ 99% of his fortune to charitable organizations. 8. I (be) _________________________________ a member of this non-profit organization since 1996. 9. She (make) ________________________________ many new friends since she joined this English club. 10. Last month I (feel) ________________________________ happy when I cooked a meal for the elderly at a nursing home. XI. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. Mother: I want to prepare dinner. (you/ wash) _________________________________ the dishes yet? 2. Daughter: I (wash) _________________________________ the dishes yesterday, but I (have / not) _________________________________ the time yet to do it today. 3. Mother: (you/do/yet) _________________________________ your homework _____________? 4. Daughter: No, I (come / just) ___________________________________ home from school. 5. Mother: You (come) _________________________________ home from school two hours ago! 6. Daughter: Well, but my friend Lucy (call) ________________________________ when I (arrive) ________________________________ and I (finish / just) ______________________________ the phone call. 7. Mother: (you/ see / not) ___________________________________ Lucy at school in the morning? 8. Daughter: Yes, but we (have / not) ________________________________ time to talk then. XII. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. I (cycle /just) ________________________________ 50 km. 2. I (cycle) ________________________________ 100 km last week. 3. I (write) _________________________________ an essay yesterday. 4. I (write / already) ________________________________ two essays this term. 5. I (ring/just) ________________________________ my friend. 6. I (ring) ________________________________ my friend 10 minutes ago. 7. Two days ago, I (watch) ________________________________ a Madonna concert on TV.
8. I (see / already) ________________________________ Madonna live in concert. 9. I (spend) ________________________________ my summer holiday in Australia last year. 10. I (be/not) ________________________________ to Australia yet. XIII. Put the verbs into the correct tense in the following dialogue (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / be / ever) _____________________________ to London? 2. B: Yes, I (be) _____________________________ there three times. 3. A: When (be) _____________________________ the last time you (be) _______________________ there? 4. B: Last summer. I (spend) _____________________________ two weeks in Brighton with my parents and we (go) ____________________________ to London one weekend. 5. (you/ like) _____________________________ it? 6. Oh yes. We really (have) _____________________________ a great time in London. 7. Lucky you! I (be / never) ______________________________ to London. XIV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. A: (you / try / ever) _____________________________ haggis? 2. B: Oh, yes! 3. A: How often (you / eat) _____________________________ haggis yet? 4. B: Two times exactly. 5. A: When (you / eat / first) _____________________________ haggis? 6. B: That (be) ________________ in 2005. We (have) ______________ a Scottish festival in our town and they also (sell) _______________________ traditional Scottish food. So I (buy) __________________ haggis. 7. A: (you / like) _____________________________ it? 8. B: It (be / not) _____________________________ too bad. And I (know / not) ________________________ anything about haggis then. 9. A: When (you / find out) _____________________________? 10. B: When I (be) __________________________ in Scotland in 2007. I (go) _________________________ to a restaurant and (order) _____________________________ haggis. Afterwards, the waiter (tell) _____________________________ me about haggis: it's the heart, liver and lungs of a sheep, boiled in the animal's stomach. Well, I (eat / never) _____________________________ haggis again since then. XV. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple).
1. A: (you / play / ever) _____________________________ the new computer game? 2. B: No, not yet. I only (buy) _____________________________ it yesterday and I (have / not) _____________________________ the time yet. 3. A: (you / go) _____________________________ to the cinema last night? 4. B: Yes. I (be) _______________________ there with Sue and Louis. (you / be) ________________________ to the cinema recently? 5. A: I last (go) _______________________ to the cinema two weeks ago. 6. B: So you (see / not) _______________________ the new action film yet. 7. A: No, unfortunately not. (you / enjoy) _______________________ it? 8. B: Oh, I really (love) ________________________ it. But Sue (like / not) _______________________ it - too much action! 9. A: But why (you / take) _______________________ her with you? She (tell) _______________________ me last week that she (hate) _______________________ action films. XVI. Put the verbs into the correct tense (simple past or present perfect simple). 1. I (just / finish) _______________________ my homework. 2. Mary (already / write) _______________________ five letters. 3. Tom (move) _______________________ to this town in 1994. 4. My friend (be) _______________________ in Canada two years ago. 5. I (not / be) _________________________ to Canada so far. 6. I (already / travel) _______________________ to London a couple of times. 7. Last week, Mary and Paul (go) _______________________ to the cinema. 8. I can't take any pictures because I (not / buy) ________________________ a new film yet. 9. (they / spend) _______________________ their holiday in New Zealand last summer? 10. (you / ever / see) _______________________ a whale? C. READING I. Read the passage and answer the following questions. Each summer, the Winant and Clayton Volunteer program sends a group of Americans to volunteer in London for seven weeks and provides housing and a small stipend to help defray the high cost of living. After seven weeks of volunteering, participants have two weeks to travel independently before returning to London to evaluate the program and get their flight back to the United States.
The application includes a few short essays, a series of questions about the type of placement one would prefer, and an informal interview with former volunteers that gives applicants a chance to find out more about the program. Deciding to participate takes a small leap of faith. The roster of volunteer placements and housing options can change from year to year and volunteers can't choose their placement in advance. But once you're accepted you instantly feel that you've joined a close-knit group. The volunteer coordinator is in frequent contact through mailings and e-mails to help you prepare for the trip, and there is a daylong orientation in New York that bring all the volunteers together before departure for London. 1. How long do a group of Americans volunteer in London? A. two weeks
B. each summer
C. seven weeks
D. three weeks
2. What does the Winant and Clayton Volunteer program provide them with? A. housing and a small stipend
B. a few short essays
C. transportation
D. foods and clothes
3. Which of the following is NOT included in the application? A. A series of questions about the type of placement one would prefer B. An informal interview with former volunteers C. A few short essays D. The roster of volunteer placements 4. What can the volunteers do after seven weeks of volunteering? A. They can have two weeks to travel independently B. They can have two weeks to evaluate the program C. They can return to London D. They can get their flight back to the United States 5. How does the volunteer coordinator keep in contact with you? A. Through television and newspapers
B. Through telephone and e-mails
C. Through mailings and e-mails
D. Through radio and cell phone
II. Read the following passage and choose the best option. The United States has been criticized for its treatment of its elderly citizens. Although in many other countries the elderly usually live with their children's family, many older Americans live alone, without the close companionship of their children. This situation is sometimes blamed on the "selfishness" of the young generation, but a closer look shows that many of the elderly prefer to maintain their independent lives.
Research on the situation of the elderly in America has shown that while grandparents are delighted to be visited periodically by their children and grandchildren, they prefer to continue living in the surroundings that they are familiar with. This suggests that children should permit their parents to live alone if they wish to, and should encourage them to maintain close ties to the rest of the family. Another surprising result of the research on the elderly in the United States has been the very positive influence which pets have been found to have on the elderly people that they live with. It has been shown that elderly people who care for small pets, such as cats and dogs, live longer, are healthier, and have better attitudes towards their lives than similar elderly people without these companions. 1. Many elderly Americans live ____. A. without satisfaction.
B. by themselves.
C. a lonely life.
D. a simple life.
2. What do some people see as the cause of this situation? A. The society of the USA treats its elderly people as troubles. B. The young people usually trouble the elderly of their own. C. The government concerns hardly about the elderly people. D. The young people are too selfish. 3. Many of the elderly Americans want to ____. A. keep living in their well-known places and conditions. B. remain with the grandchildren in their houses. C. remove to their sons' or daughters' homes. D. live with their friends in their hometown. 4. The author advises the young people to ____. A. keep close ties with the elderly of their own. B. let the elderly of their families live by themselves. C. permit their elderly relatives to raise some pets. D. respect the wishes of their elderly parents. 5. The author's main thought is that ____. A. the elderly who care for some pets live together. B. the social practice in the USA makes the elderly live alone. C. the elderly people should have better attitudes towards their lives. D. it is a social tradition that the elderly Americans enjoy the self-directing lives. III. Fill in each blank with a suitable word in the box. treatment
social
retirement
elderly
aspects
physical
aging
needs
pensioners
on
There are many (1) __________________ that are involved in taking care of (2) ___________________ or aged people. Those who have the responsibility of taking care of the aged need to be aware of the various needs and requirements that the elderly have. Elderly individuals who live (3) ____________________ their own, without the support of anyone, may have a certain amount of financial needs. Such people need to fend for themselves for everything, including food, groceries, medicines etc. (4) ____________________ have the benefit of a steady source of monthly income. Those who do not have any pension or other source of income would have to live entirely on their saving or through special senior citizens' government financial schemes or donations from charitable organisations. It is natural that elderly people prefer staying at home in their old age. This brings the benefit of familiar surroundings and people around them. The homes of such people may be modified to accommodate their changing needs. There is the added benefit of familiar neighbours in the event of an emergency. Transportation is quick and easier for elderly people residing in areas that are familiar to them. Health services are the most important requirement when it comes to elderly (5) ___________________. Elderly people have age-related health issues. This is a normal part of life and cannot be avoided. Proper care and nursing facilities go a long way in keeping most of these health issues in check and also preventing them from causing any serious harm. Regular medical check-ups are useful to monitor the health or the elderly and also to anticipate potential future issues. Regular medical check ups also help in identifying serious health problems at the initial stage when (6) ___________________ has a greater chance of success. As people age, their digestive systems gradually starts to weaken. Elderly people often find that they have difficulty digesting certain foods. It is important to realize that diet has to change to accommodate the reduced ability of the body. It may be okay to over-indulge with regards to food when young. But for the elderly, a nutritious and balanced diet made up of foodstuffs that the digestive system is able to accept is of utmost importance. Very often, the diet needs to be altered taking into consideration the medicines that are consumed each day. For the elderly whose mobility has been affected due to (7) ____________________, a certain amount of assistance in the daily routines becomes a necessity. It may not be possible for a family member to be present the whole day. Home nurses are the latest professionals to have appeared on the career list. For those elderly who need assistance in basic activities like walking, eating, bathing and dressing a home nurse is an invaluable companion. The elderly have (8) ___________________ needs too. Being debilitated by age is no reason for the elderly to be confined to themselves or in their rooms. Modern medicine recognises as fact that the elderly,
just as ordinary people, need to feel wanted, cared for and loved. The world over, kind-hearted people take turns to give companionship to the elderly. Oftentimes, just physical proximity is enough comfort for the elderly. Some read to them and some others chat with them. (9) ___________________ comfort for the elderly differs from the needs of the young. As an example, air-conditioning may be looked upon as a necessity for the young. Yet, for an aged body, it may be very uncomfortable. Considering all that has been said, is it any wonder that care homes have become a billion dollar industry? Not every business is about profits. Care homes serve an important purpose in modern society. Nursing homes, care homes, (10) ___________________ villages and retirement communities are just some of the forms that organised elderly care has taken. In the United States alone, this industry was worth USD 17 billion in 2010. IV. Read the text and decide the following statements are True or False. As you are reading this text, someone in your country has been affected by the AIDS crisis. People in every part of the world have been affected by the AIDS pandemic. Every nation in the world has had to take steps to address it. According to a recent United Nations estimate, 38.5 million people across the globe are infected with HIV-AIDS. Because AIDS has had such far-reaching effects, in the year 2000, for the first time in the history of the United Nations, the Security Council took up a health issue - HIV-AIDS. The world body declared the spread of the virus a global emergency, a threat to peace and security in Africa, the continent that has been the hardest hit by the disease. The AIDS virus was considered no less destructive than warfare itself. In the year 2000, armed conflict took the lives of 2,000 people in Africa, while the AIDS virus claimed the lives of 2 million. World-wide, the effect of the spreading AIDS virus has created 16.6 million orphans, 90 per cent of whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, a region where the crisis has been particularly deadly. Because so many have died, the very infrastructure of the region is endangered. So many people who play key roles in society - doctors, teachers, farmers - are dying of AIDS. What is the United Nations doing to address the AIDS crisis? UN-AIDS and its agencies have brought some innovative ways of spreading the message that, first, people need to overcome the stigma of AIDS so they can come forward to learn about prevention, diagnosis and treatment. One way to transmit this message is by providing education and AIDS awareness training to local community members whose work brings them into regular contact with other members. One such local community member is Paul Lopez, a hairdresser in Mexico City. Paul's clients tend to confide in him, their regular hairdresser. Therefore, he was trained by a UN-AIDS programme to dispense advice about testing and treatment of HIV-AIDS. Now, along with advice about beauty, Paul tells clients how they can protect themselves from the AIDS virus or where they can go for treatment should they need it.
Another crisis that United Nations programmes address is the crisis of care produced by the overwhelming number of AIDS orphans, 95 per cent of whom are in sub-Saharan Africa, where the spread of AIDS has been particularly lethal. Normally, when a child's parents die of AIDS, other family members, such as uncles and aunts, will take responsibility for the orphaned child. But because there are such increasing numbers of AIDS orphans and because the economic resources of some communities are so limited, it is increasingly difficult to find adults who can take in extra children. Often, children live by themselves in their deceased parents' home, surviving as well as they can. A typical case is fourteen year-old Justin of Malawi, who has to care for his 10-year-old brother and nine-year-old sister. Justin says it is very hard to find enough to eat although he does his best to support himself and his siblings through his job carrying food for merchants. Since Justin and his siblings have no one to take them in, they continue to live by themselves in their deceased parents' home. United Nations and its agencies such as UNICEF sends aid workers and mobilizes community-based volunteer groups to go to the homes or orphaned children with daily supplies of food, money and advice on how to spend it. The aid workers also know the necessity of encouraging the children to go to school. Children's chances of completing their education are cut in half once they become orphans. In the Ugandan village of Kalong, for example, a tragic scene that is all too common in rural villages took place: six-year-old Nakeyeyune cried as the elders decided who would take custody of her six-month-old brother and other young siblings after both his parents had died from AIDS-related causes. In Uganda, one quarter of all families are caring for AIDS orphans. The poverty of many rural families makes it difficult for them to take responsibility for more children. One way the United Nations helps single and foster parents to raise income levels is by fostering micro-credit cooperatives in rural villages. Micro-credit programmes allow traditional craft-makers and farmers to form cooperatives and sell more of what they produce. The increased incomes enable single and adoptive fosterparents to raise their income levels so they can support orphaned children. Such programmes have been especially successful among single mothers. 1. Only a few parts of the world have been affected by the AIDS crisis. 2. In this writing, over 40 million people in the world are affected with HIV-AIDS. 3. The Security Council had often dealt with medical issues. 4. The Secretary-General said the AIDS crisis could not compare with the devastating effects of war. 5. There are a total of 13 million orphans in the world. 6. UN aid workers take jobs as hairdressers and farmers in local communities to help fight the spread of AIDS. 7. Orphans never live alone in any country. 8. Sometimes AIDS orphans have to work to support younger brothers and sisters.
9. UNICEF aid workers bring food, money, and advice to the orphans. 10. In Uganda (at this writing) 25 per cent of families take care of AIDS orphans. 11. Families who take care of orphans have enough resources to do so easily. 12. The United Nations has sponsored micro-credit cooperatives to help guardians support orphaned children. D. WRITING I. Write a sentence with the given words so that it has similar meaning to the given sentence. Use the past simple or the present perfect. 1.
This is the first time Mary has had a tablet. Mary/ have/ never/ a tablet/ before
______________________________________________________________________________ 2.
We haven't seen Mark since last week. The last time/ we/ see/ Mark/ be/ last week
______________________________________________________________________________ 3.
Nick joined a golf club a year ago. Nick/ be/ a member of a golf club/ a year
______________________________________________________________________________ 4.
Mr. Diamond lives in Singapore. He moved there in 2010. Mr. Diamond/ live/ in Singapore/ 2010
______________________________________________________________________________ 5.
I have attended an English course for three weeks. I/ start/ an English course/ three weeks
______________________________________________________________________________ 6.
Phuong is still working on her homework. Phuong/ not/ finish/ her homework/ yet
______________________________________________________________________________ 7.
We haven't played tennis for a month. We/ last/ play/ tennis/ a month
______________________________________________________________________________ 8.
Mr. Phil is a swimmer. He started swimming when he was five years old. Mr. Phil/ be/ a swimmer/ he/ be/ five
______________________________________________________________________________
II. Write recommendations to improve accessibility for disabled people, using the words and phrases given. Change the word forms, if necessary. 1. consider / ways / make / day-to-day life / easier /. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. help / people with disabilities / engage / hobbies / activities /. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. change / the way / think / act towards / people in need /. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. improve / home safety / provide / friendly environment / disabled people/. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. remove / barriers / stop / disabled / contribute / the community/. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. provide / people / hearing impairments / with / suitable / hearing aids /. ______________________________________________________________________________ III. Make sentences from the words in brackets. Use the present perfect or past simple. 1. it/ not/ rain/ this week)
→ It hasn't rained this week.
2. (the weather/ be/ cold/ recently) The weather _________________________________________________________________________ 3. (it/ cold/ last week) It ________________________________________________________________________________ __ 4. (I/ not/ read/ a newspaper yesterday) I ___________________________________________________________________________________ 5. (I/ not/ read/ a newspaper today) I ___________________________________________________________________________________ 6. (Emily/ earn/a lot of money/ this year) ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. (she/ not/ earn/ so much/ last year) ______________________________________________________________________________
8. (you/ have/ a holiday recently?) ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. chores
B. brothers
C. boys
D. students
2. A. crocodile
B. signature
C. dine
D. dinosaur
3. A. apple
B. basic
C. transit
D. tramp
4. A. chimney
B. chemical
C. chilly
D. china
5. A. chick
B. service
C. textile
D. fabric
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. oceanic
B. advantageous
C. compulsory
D. influential
2. A. inflation
B. maximum
C. applicant
D. character
3. A. compulsory
B. biography
C. curriculum
D. admirable
4. A. struggle
B. anxious
C. confide
D. comfort
5. A. teacher
B. lesson
C. action
D. police
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Complete the sentences using the given words. integrate
campaign
donate
cognitive
blind
1. He found it very difficult to __________________________ himself into a society whose culture is too different from his own. 2. We've received a lot of expressions of support for our ___________________________________. 3. When you ______________________________ money, you should help the poor not the rich. 4. ____________________________ impairment can cause problems with a person's thinking, communication, understanding or memory. 5. Physical movement is one of the biggest challenges for ________________________________ people. II. Complete the following sentences using the given words. 1. When you encounter someone who is being rude or ________________________, it's hard to know how to react. (RESPECTFUL) 2. Thanks to your ______________________ today we are able to help disabled children in the neighbourhood. (DONATE)
3. Getting treatment for __________________________ loss can greatly improve quality of life for individuals affected. (HEAR) 4. Visual ________________________ cause issues with eyesight that can interfere with students' academic success. (IMPAIR) 5. This organization's main aim is to help disabled people to overcome their _________________________. (DISABLE) III. Choose the options that best fit the blanks. 1. The boy from Brazil ____ to be the best dancer in the group. A. appears
B. to appear
C. is appearing
2. He doesn't earn much money, so he ____ a car yet. A. isn't having
B. didn't have
C. hasn't had
3. Bob can't stand not ____ Mary each day because she is an indispensable part of his life. A. see
B. to see
C. seeing
4. These boys are so talented. They have been able to play musical instruments since they ____ five. A. are
B. were
C. have been
5. Yesterday, John ____ home, ____ his suitcase and ____ to bed early. A. was arriving - unpacking - going B. arrived - unpacked - went C. has arrived - unpacked - gone 6. It's no use ____ to persuade him when he is in a bad mood. A. tried
B. trying
C. to try
7. How many times ____ to ring her back this morning? - Three times so far. A. do you try
B. did you try
C. have you tried
8. Bean ____ Laura an apology because he left her to marry another girl without giving a clear explanation. A. owns
B. owes
C. owing
IV. Decide whether the underlined part in each of the following is Correct or Incorrect. 1. Betty deserves be the team leader because she really puts her mind to her work and gets on well with her colleagues. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
2. We lived in Bangkok for ten months but we've been in London for the last three years. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
3. Mom: Hello. Son: Hi Mum, it's me. I want to say I've just arrived at Boston safely and everything is fine. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
4. Lead a happy life isn't as easy as a pie because it depends on many factors. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
5. Shall we go to the cinema? I haven't been there since last month. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
6. Visiting Gardens by the Bay and Botanic Gardens are a must if you are on a Singapore city tour. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
7. We are having a mini-discussion on a member state of ASEAN during our tomorrow's English lesson. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
8. Although the chicken soup Linda cooked isn't tasting good, I still feel thankful for her care. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
C. READING I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given. Children with disabilities often have difficulties fulfilling tasks at school or in their daily life. However, nowadays their life seems to be easier with the help of technology. Assistive technology brings them devices that help them to perform activities. Audio players and recorders may help these children to be able to listen to the words as they read them on the page. Many e-books have audio files, and smartphones and tablet computers come with textto-speech software that can read aloud anything on children's screen. If they struggle with writing or taking notes, an audio recorder can capture what the teacher says in class so the child can listen to it again at home. Talking calculators and large-display calculators might be useful for people with visual impairments. A talking calculator has built-in speech output to read the numbers, symbols and operation keys aloud. It can help people confirm that they have pressed the correct keys. If children have trouble with writing, try using plastic pencil grips or a computer. Basic word processing programs come with features that can help with spelling and grammar issues. Speech recognition software allows children to speak and have the text appear on the screen. 1. The life of disabled children is less hard with technology. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
2. Text-to-speech software can help students with cognitive impairment to learn more easily. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
3. Children can use an audio recorder to help them catch what the teacher says in class. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
4. People with hearing impairments might need help of talking calculators.
A. True
B. False
C. Not given
5. Speech recognition software help disabled students by reading aloud what appear on the screen. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
D. WRITING I. Complete the sentences by choosing the appropriate word(s). has
salty
visiting
visitors
beautiful white
1. When you go to Thailand, the first thing you should do is _________________________________________ the ancient temples. 2. The combination of sweet, sour, hot and ______________________ flavours makes Thai cuisine so distinct. 3. With over 13,000 islands, Indonesia has something unique to offer to all sorts of ______________________. 4. From the ______________________ sands of Bali, to the vibrant capital city of Jakarta, to the untouched lands of Sumatra, you can always find something different in Indonesia. 5. Situated in the midst of the Asia Pacific region, Malaysia ________________________ a strategic location and a year-round tropical climate. II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. square/ of/ land/ has/ a/ kilometers/ Cambodia/ area/ 181,035 ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. the/ is/ kip/ unit/ currency/ in/ The/ Laos/ Lao ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. spoken/ is/ Standard/ The/ official/ language/ in/ Brunei/ Malay ______________________________________________________________________________ Unit 5. BEING A PART OF ASEAN PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY association
/əˌsəʊʃiˈeɪʃn/
(n.)
hội, hiệp hội
benefit
/ˈbenɪfɪt/
(n.)
lợi ích
bloc
/blɒk/
(n.)
khối
charter
/ˈtʃɑːtə(r)/
(n.)
hiến chương
cooperation
/kəʊˌɒpə'reɪʃn/
(n.)
sự hợp tác
dominate
/'dɒmɪneɪt/
(v.)
trội hơn, chiếm ưu thế
economy
/ɪˈkɒnəmi/
(n.)
nền kinh tế
fundamental
/ˌfʌndə'mentl/
(adj.)
cơ bản, chủ yếu
interference
/ˌɪntəˈfɪərəns/
(n.)
sự can thiệp
maintain
/meɪnˈteɪn/
(v.)
duy trì
principle
/prɪnsəpl/
(n.)
nguyên tắc
quiz
/kwɪz/
(v.)
kiểm tra, đố
regional
/ri:dʒənl/
(adj.)
(thuộc) khu vực, vùng
scholarship
/ˈskɒləʃɪp/
(n.)
học bổng
solidarity
/ˌsɒlɪ'dærəti/
(n.)
sự đoàn kết
stability
/stəˈbɪləti/
(n.)
sự ổn định
brochure
/ˈbrəʊʃə(r)/
(n.)
sách mỏng (thông tin, quảng cáo về cái gì)
conference
/'kɒnfərəns/
(n.)
hội nghị
constitution
/ˌkɒnstɪˈtjuːʃn/
(n.)
hiến pháp
dispute
/dɪ' spju:t/
(n.)
cuộc tranh luận, cuộc tranh chấp
elongated
/ˈiːlɒŋɡeɪtɪd/
(adj)
thon dài
external
/ɪkˈstɜːnl/
(adj.)
ở ngoài, bên ngoài
graceful
/ˈɡreɪsfl/
(adj.)
duyên dáng, yêu kiều
identity
/aɪˈdentəti/
(n.)
tính đồng nhất
in accordance with
/ɪn əˈkɔːdns wɪð/
(idiom)
phù hợp với
internal
/ɪnˈtɜ:nl/
(adj.)
ở trong, bên trong
motto
/ˈmɒtəʊ/
(n.)
khẩu hiệu, phương châm
official
/əˈfɪʃl/
(adj.)
chính thức
outer
/ˈaʊtə(r)/
(adj.)
bên ngoài
progress
/ˈprəʊɡres/
(n.)
sự tiến bộ, sự tiến triển
rank
/ræŋk/
(n.)
thứ hạng
sponsor
/'spɒnsə(n)/
(n.)
nhà tài trợ
vision
/ˈvɪʒn/
(n.)
tầm nhìn
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW ♣. Danh động từ (Gerunds) I. Định nghĩa và vai trò của danh động từ 1. Định nghĩa
Danh động từ là một danh từ được hình thành bằng cách thêm đuôi -ing vào sau động từ. Gerund = Noun (V-ing) Phân biệt danh động từ và hiện tại phân từ:
Danh động từ Learning English is fun.
Hiện tại phân từ She's learning English.
(Học tiếng Anh thì rất vui.)
(Cô ấy đang học tiếng Anh.)
Learning là danh từ đóng vai trò chủ ngữ trong cấu và mang nghĩa là “việc học”. Vì vậy, learning trong câu này là một danh động từ.
Learning trong ví dụ này có hình thức là một động từ thêm đuôi -ing được chia ở hiện tại tiếp diễn. Nó giữ vai trò là động từ ở dạng hiện tại phần từ và mang nghĩa là “đang học”.
2. Vai trò Danh động từ làm chủ ngữ. Studying is not always easy. (Việc học không phải lúc nào cũng dễ dàng.) Trong câu này, studying là một danh động từ được thành lập từ động từ study thêm đuôi -ing và đóng vai trò làm chủ ngữ trong câu. Danh động từ làm bổ ngữ. Her hobby is writing novels. (Sở thích của cô ấy là viết tiểu thuyết.) Writing trong câu này là danh động từ đóng vai trò làm bổ ngữ, đứng sau động từ to be is và bổ nghĩa cho chủ ngữ her hobby. Danh động từ làm tân ngữ. +) Danh động từ làm tân ngữ sau một số động từ: She loves jogging. (Cô ấy thích chạy bộ.) Jogging đóng vai trò làm tấn ngữ đi sau động từ loves và bổ nghĩa cho động từ này. +) Danh động từ làm tấn ngữ sau một số động từ đi kèm với giới từ: I am thinking about going to the movies. (Tôi đang nghĩ về việc đi xem phim.) Going là một danh động từ đóng vai trò làm tân ngữ đi sau giới từ about và bổ nghĩa cho cụm động từ thinking about. +) Danh động từ làm tân ngữ sau một số cụm từ:
She can't help laughing when watching the show. (Cô bé không nhịn được cười khi xem chương trình đó.) Laughing là danh động từ đóng vai trò làm tân ngữ đi sau cụm từ can't help và bổ nghĩa cho cụm từ này. II. Một số động từ hoặc cụm từ theo sau bởi danh động từ 1. Một số động từ theo sau bởi danh động từ V + V-ing Ví dụ: Technology encourages multitasking. (Công nghệ khuyến khích việc làm nhiều việc cùng một lúc.) Theo sau động từ encourages là danh động từ multitasking được thành lập bằng cách thêm -ing vào sau động từ multitask. Một số động từ theo sau bởi danh động từ: Động từ admit thừa nhận
enjoy thích
permit cho phép
allow cho phép
finish hoàn thành
postpone trì hoãn
avoid tránh
forgive tha thứ
practise thực hành
delay trì hoãn
imagine tưởng tượng
recommend gợi ý
dislike không thích
involve liên quan đến bao gồm
risk (có nguy cơ mạo hiểm)
encourage khuyến khích mind thấy ngại/ thấy phiền suggest gợi ý Ví dụ: Would you mind explaining this again? (Phiến bạn giải thích lại giúp mình phần này được không?) Sau động từ mind là danh động từ explaining. My mother suggests visiting Da Nang. (Mẹ mình gợi ý nên đi thăm quan Đà Nẵng.) Sau động từ suggests là danh động từ visiting. 2. Một số cụm từ theo sau bởi danh động từ Cấu trúc số 1: V + prep. + V-ing Ví dụ: They focus on finishing the project. (Họ tập trung hoàn thành dự án.) Trong câu này, động từ focus đi kèm với on và theo sau bởi danh động từ finishing. Một số động từ đi kèm giới từ và theo sau bởi danh động từ: agree with đồng ý làm gì
Cụm từ focus on tập trung vào
apologise for xin lỗi vì làm gì
insist on khăng khăng về
carry on tiếp tục làm gì
put off trì hoãn
concentrate on tập trung vào
rely on tin tưởng vào
depend on phụ thuộc vào
succeed in thành công trong
dream of mơ về worry about lo lắng về Ví dụ: She always worries about being late for school. (Cô ấy luôn lo lắng bị muộn học.) Theo sau cụm động từ worries about là danh động từ being được tạo thành bằng cách thêm -ing vào sau động từ be. She apologises for treating her aunt unkindly. (Cô ấy xin lỗi vì đối xử không tốt với dì của cô ấy.) Theo sau cụm động từ apologises for là danh động từ treating. Cấu trúc số 2: Phrase + V-ing Một số cụm từ khác cũng theo sau bởi danh động từ: Cụm từ Can't help không thể nhịn được không thể tránh được Can't stand/ Can't bear không thể chịu đựng được điều gì It's no use/ It's no good/ There's no point in không đáng để làm gì/ thật vô ích khi làm gì To be worth đáng để làm gì Ví dụ: It’s worth challenging yourself. (Đáng để thử thách bản thân.) Theo sau cụm từ It’s worth là danh động từ challenging được tạo thành bằng cách thêm đuôi -ing vào sau động từ challenge. There's no point in persuading her now. (Thật vô ích khi thuyết phục cô ấy bây giờ.) Theo sau cụm từ There's no point in là danh động từ persuading. I can't bear being alone. (Tôi không thể chịu đựng nổi sự cô đơn.) Theo sau cụm từ can't bear là danh động từ being. ♣. Động từ chỉ trạng thái (Stative verbs) I. Định nghĩa Động từ chỉ trạng thái Stative verbs hay còn gọi là State verbs. Là những động từ không mô tả hành động mà giúp mô tả một trạng thái hay tình huống mang tính ổn định, ít thay đổi và đúng trong một thời gian nhất định. Ví dụ: - She is a pretty girl. (Cô ấy là một cô gái xinh xắn.) Trong câu này, is là động từ chỉ trạng thái chia ở hiện tại đơn theo chủ ngữ she. Is không mô tả hành
động của chủ thể she mà nó liên kết chủ thể này với cụm từ a pretty girl để nói lên đặc trưng của chủ thể này là một cô gái xinh đẹp”. Đặc trưng này mang tính ổn định lâu dài. - They seem to be good friends. (Họ có vẻ là những người bạn tốt. ). Seem là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “dường như/ có vẻ” Động từ này được chia theo hiện tại đơn, sau chủ ngữ số nhiều they nên được giữ nguyên. - To win or to lose. It depends on you! (Thắng hay thua là phụ thuộc vào bạn!) Depends mang nghĩa “phụ thuộc” và đóng vai trò là động từ chỉ trạng thái. Động từ này chia theo chủ ngữ số ít It nên sau depend chúng ta thêm s. - That book belongs to her. (Cuốn sách đó thuộc về cô ấy hoặc Cuốn sách đó là của cô ấy.) Belongs là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “thuộc về”. Vì chia theo chủ ngữ số ít That book nên chúng ta thêm s vào sau belong. II. Các động từ chỉ trạng thái phổ biến Nhóm 1: Các động từ chỉ sự tri nhận thông qua các giác quan hear (nghe thấy)
see (nhìn thấy)
smell (có mùi)
sound (nghe có vẻ)
taste (có vị)
Nhóm 2: Các động từ chỉ quan điểm, nhận thức agree (đồng ý)
know (quen biết/ hiểu)
doubt (nghi ngờ)
believe (tin rằng)
understand (hiểu)
regret (hối tiếc)
think (tin rằng/ cho rằng)
realise (nhận ra)
guess (phỏng đoán)
remember (nhớ) Nhóm 3: Các động từ giúp bày tỏ tâm trạng, cảm xúc desire (ao ước)
hate (ghét)
hope (hy vọng)
like (thích)
want (muốn)
love (yêu)
wish (ước)
prefer (thích)
feel (cảm thấy)
seem (có vẻ dường như) Nhóm 4: Các động từ chỉ sự sở hữu belong (thuộc về)
consist (bao gồm)
have (có)
own (sở hữu)
Nhóm 5: Các động từ khác
include (bao gồm)
be (là)
concern (bận tâm)
depend (phụ thuộc)
deserve (xứng đáng)
matter (có ý nghĩa có tính chất quan trọng)
Ví dụ: - Your idea sounds great! (Ý kiến của bạn nghe có vẻ tuyệt đấy!) Sounds ở đây là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “nghe có vẻ”. Vì chia theo chủ ngữ số ít your idea nên chúng ta thêm s vào sau động từ này. - He doubts what Im saying. (Cậu ấy nghi ngờ những gì tôi đang nói.) Doubts là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “nghi ngờ”. - Linda owns an expensive car. (Linda sở hữu một chiếc xe hơi đắt tiền.) Owns là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “sở hữu”. - She deserves a rest after a hard day at school. (Cô bé xứng đáng được nghỉ ngơi sau một ngày học vất vả ở trường.) Deserves là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “xứng đáng”. III. Các động từ vừa chỉ trạng thái vừa chỉ hoạt động Ví dụ:
That tea smells good. Tách trà đó có mùi thơm. và
Shes smelling that tea. Cô ấy đang ngửi tách trà đó.
Ở ví dụ thứ nhất, smells là động từ chỉ trạng thái mang nghĩa “có mùi” và giúp mô tả tính chất của trà là “có mùi thơm” chứ không phải hành động “ngửi”. Ở ví dụ thứ 2, smell là động từ chỉ hành động “ngửi”. Vì vậy, nó được chia ở dạng thức tiếp diễn như các động từ chỉ hoạt động khác. Như vậy, smell có thể vừa là động từ chỉ trạng thái vừa là động từ chỉ hoạt động. Tuy nhiên, sắc thái nghĩa của chúng là hoàn toàn khác nhau và khi là động từ chỉ hoạt động thì nó có thể được dùng ở dạng thức tiếp diễn.
Một số động từ có thể vừa là động từ chỉ trạng thái vừa là động từ chỉ hoạt động: Động từ Taste
Chỉ hoạt động The soup tastes good.
Chỉ trạng thái I am tasting the soup.
Look
Món cạnh đó có vị ngon. They look happy together.
Tôi đang nếm món canh đó. Why are you looking at me?
Họ trông thật hạnh phúc bên nhau.
Tại sao cậu lại nhìn tớ thế?
Weigh
The apples weigh a kilo.
She is weighing the apples.
Be
Những quả táo này nặng 1 cân. Rose is a clever girl.
Cô ấy đang cân những quả táo. Rose is being silly today.
See
Rose là một cô gái thông minh. I see your point.
Hôm nay Rose cư xử thật ngốc nghếch. I am seeing Peter in an hour.
Have
Tớ hiểu ý cậu. Linda has a big house.
Tớ sẽ gặp Peter trong một giờ nữa. Linda is having dinner.
Think
Linda có một ngôi nhà lớn. I think you're right.
Linda đang ăn tối. What are you thinking about?
Consider
Tớ nghĩ rằng cậu đã đúng. I consider you my friend.
Bạn đang suy nghĩ về điều gì vậy? I am considering your advice.
Tớ xem cậu là bạn.
Tớ đang suy nghĩ kĩ về lời khuyên của cậu. PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. turn
B. burn
C. curtain
D. bury
2. A. massage
B. carriage
C. voyage
D. dosage
3. A. chemist
B. champagne
C. chaos
D. chiropodist
4. A. chair
B. cheap
C. chorus
D. child
5. A. though
B. comb
C. only
D. gone
6. A. afterwards
B. advise
C. agree
D. allow
7. A. bear
B. beard
C. pear
D. tear (v)
8. A. find
B. bite
C. since
D. drive
9. A. breath
B. breathe
C. thank
D. threat
10. A. took
B. book
C. shoe
D. would
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. event
B. prefer
C. accent
D. refer
2. A. pagoda
B. animal
C. elephant
D. architect
3. A. suggest
B. report
C. career
D. profit
4. A. equipment
B. cultural
C. primary
D. organize
5. A. cancer
B. rubbish
C. species
D. begin
III. Read the following sentences and choose the correct intonation.
1. How many members does ASEAN have? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
2. Do you know its aims and purposes? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
3. How do ASEAN members help each other? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
4. Do you remember its main principles? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
5. Mai applied for the Singapore Scholarship. A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
6. Is the culture of Vietnam one of the oldest in the region? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
7. Dragons and turtles are important symbols in Vietnamese culture. A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
8. There are 54 ethnic groups living in Vietnam. A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
9. How often is the ASEAN Para Games held? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
10. Is English the official language in Singapore? A. Rising intonation
B. Falling intonation
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Match each country with its capital city. 1. Brunei Darussalam 2. Cambodia 3. Indonesia 4. Laos 5. Malaysia II. Match each country with its flat.
A. Kuala Lumpur B. Vientiane C. Phnom Penh D. Bandar Seri Begawan E. Jakarta
1. Myanmar
A.
2. Philippines
B. 3. Singapore
C. 4. Thailand
D. 5. Malaysia
E. III. Match the word with its definition. 1. Association
A. an advantage that something gives you; a helpful and useful effect that something has 2. Benefit B. an official group of people who have joined together for a particular purpose 3. Charter C. a written statement of the principles and aims of an organization 4. Dominate D. serious and very important; affecting the most central and important parts of something 5. Fundamental E. to control or have a lot of influence over somebody/ something 6. Interference F. the act of getting involved in and trying to influence a situation that does not concern you IV. Put the stative verbs into the right column. own
consist
hope
taste
feel
sound
have
hate
think
agree
love
see
include
know
hear
belong
wish
guess
smell
believe
Senses
Opinions
Emotions
Possession
V. Complete the sentences using the given words. cooperation bloc
economy
maintain
principle
bend
1. After his fall he complained that he couldn't ____________________________ his back properly. 2. As I know the European Union is a powerful trading _______________________. 3. The agreement would give new solidity to military _____________________ between the two countries. 4. ASEAN would rank as the eighth largest _______________________ in the world if it were a single country. 5. They find it difficult to ________________________ such high interest rates. 6. The general _____________________ is that education should be available to all children up to the age of 16. VI. Match the two halves of a sentence to have a correct one. 1. My parents never stop quizzing me 2. I've read that ASEAN focuses on improving member states' economies
A. for closer cooperation among the member states. B. about where I go at night.
3. As the constitution of ASEAN, the charter sets out the rules
C. and maintaining regional peace and stability.
4. ASEAN started a programme of economic
D. and will have a chance to study at universities in Singapore.
5. I hope that Vietnamese athletes will dominate 6. Several talented students have been awarded the Singapore Scholarship
E. cooperation in the late 1970s. F. the next ASEAN Schools Games.
VII. Match the word and its definition. 1. Brochure 2. Conference 3. Constitution 4. Identity 5. Motto 6. Progress
A. the system of laws and basic principles that a state, a country or an organization is governed by B. a small magazine or book containing pictures and information about something or advertising something C. a large official meeting, usually lasting for a few days, at which people with the same work or interests come together to discuss their views D. a short sentence or phrase that expresses the aims and beliefs of a person, a group, an institution, etc. and is used as a rule of behaviour E. the characteristics, feelings or beliefs that distinguish people from others F. the process of improving or developing, or of getting nearer to achieving or
completing something VIII. Complete the sentences using the given words. graceful
official
elongated
dispute
in accordance with
external
1. Both domestic and _______________________ factors are believed to have played a role in this improved performance. 2. She looks so _________________________ and fashionable in this picture. 3. Children usually have to act ______________________________ their parents' wishes. 4. Germany's Angela Merkel will hold an _________________________ meeting of European prime ministers on 27 August. 5. The employees have been in __________________________ with the managers for two weeks. 6. Shaped like an _______________________ “S”, Vietnam stretches the length of the Indochinese Peninsula and extends across two climatic zones. IX. Match two halves of a sentence to have a correct one. 1. The motto of Vietnam is 2. The ASEAN countries wish to promote 3. Ranked the 10th most-visited country in the world, 4. ASEAN stands for the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
A. Malaysia is famous worldwide for its natural beauty. B. “Independence - Freedom – Happiness”. C. economic growth, social progress and cultural development. D. their brochure about ASEAN member states.
5. Do you know when Vietnam became E. and it was formed on August 8th 1967. 6. He is seeing his classmates in an hour to discuss F. an official member of ASEAN? X. Match the sentences with the corresponding pictures. 1. She always dreams of becoming a famous model.
A. 2. I can't avoid catching a cold in winter.
B.
3. He loves reading more than anything else.
C. 4. Taking photos is one of her leisure activities.
D. 5. My daughter practises painting every day.
E. 6. She imagines flying in the sky.
F. 7. Tom has just finished cooking his own breakfast.
G. 8. He regrets making me sad.
H. XI. Complete the sentences using the given words. doing
reviewing
laughing
lending
setting
visiting
eating
packing
1. I can't help ____________________________ when I watch videos of Mr. Bean. 2. Linda dreams of _________________________ up her own business. 3. He is interested in ___________________________ noodles cooked by his grandma. 4. Nam suggests _________________________ a quiz on ASEAN countries. 5. He insisted on __________________________ his luggage on his own. 6. Do you mind ___________________________ me some money?
7. They carry on ___________________________ the lessons carefully before the end-of-term exam. 8. It's worth ___________________________ this museum. XII. Choose the suitable word to complete each sentence. 1. Visiting/Visitting centers for orphans or disabled people is something that I usually do at the weekends. 2. The main aim of this cultural exchange program is promoting/promoteing a lasting friendship between the two nations. 3. Buying a new home often cause/causes people great anxiety. 4. Most of the time, swiming/swimming at the beach is safe. 5. Paul really enjoyed/forgived being the editor of the yearbook at his high school. 6. Jim's job involves take/taking complaints from dissatisfied customers. 7. Peter was rather a lazy student, and he tended to avoid playing/studying whenever he could. 8. Laura keeps apologising for not being/being able to hand in her reports on time. XIII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of one of the given words. wait
smile
waste
finish
be
win
break
prohibit
1. ________________________________ laughs from audiences is a priceless gift to actors and actresses. 2. She concentrates on ______________________________ the easy parts of the exam paper first. 3. Reading English books and watching American television shows ________________________ good ways to improve your English vocabulary. 4. There's no point in _______________________ too much money creating a flashy look. 5. I can't bear ______________________ in a long queue to buy discounted items. 6. They succeed in ______________________ the world records in weightlifting. 7. Marie always enjoys ______________________ at the camera and making her friends happy. 8. ______________________ the use of cell phones during the lessons is a new rule proposed by the principal. XIV. Complete the sentences using the given words. owns
hope
realize
thinks
smells
want
weigh
see
1. Jim's cousin ______________________ several luxurious restaurants and five-star hotels. 2. I don't ______________________ how much my best friend has changed recently. 3. The final exam is coming. I ______________________ you pass it with flying colours. 4. I ______________________ what you mean. You don't need to explain more. 5. A: I'm so hungry.
B: Do you ______________________ a sandwich? 6. Mary insists on loving Peter because she _______________________ he is a good guy. 7. Don't eat that cake. It ______________________ awful. 8. Mark, you ______________________ 80 kilos. You should eat less chocolate. XV. Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences. 1. I ____ a multilingual dictionary. Use it if you need to look up a new word in any languages. A. have
B. is having
C. owe
2. The students at the back of the room ____ you. Can you speak louder? A. hear
B. can't hear
C. are not hearing
3. Is Alan over there? He ____ old and tired. Is he sick? A. looks
B. looked
C. is looking
4. She ____ the soup in the kitchen when the telephone rang. A. tasted
B. is tasting
C. was tasting
5. She ____ him for quite a long time. They are good friends. A. knows
B. has known
C. has been knowing
6. I ____ a little boy in the room. He is sleeping on the sofa. A. see
B. is seeing
C. saw
7. I bet that your bag ____ a ton. There are too many books in it. A. weighs
B. weight
C. weighed
8. A: Hello. Please put me through to the manager. B: Could you call a little later? He ____ a meeting now. A. has
B. is having
C. has had
XVI. Decide whether the underlined parts in the following sentences are Correct or Incorrect. 1. Peter, I believe you can do better if you join our team. Please spend more time thinking about our offer. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
2. The chef always tastes every dish before he serves it to make sure that it tastes delicious. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
3. We intend to have a picnic this weekend, but it is depending on what the weather's like at the weekend. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
4. This ancient clock has been belonging to that museum since 2000, and now it's still on display there. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
5. I am seeing my teacher this Friday, so I can't go out with you that day.
A. Correct
B. Incorrect
6. I was being hopeful at the beginning of the season, but now I don't think that Liverpool will be the champion. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
7. I don't want to have a fight about that matter. Just forget it! It isn't mattering. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
8. Tim deserves a raise because he is such a dedicated employee who is willing to work overtime to finish projects. A. Correct
B. Incorrect
XVII. Fill in each gap with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. The thief looked into his rear-view mirror and (realise) ____________________________ that he was being followed by a police car. 2. Mark (taste) ____________________________ the wine when suddenly the fire alarm went off. He spilled wine all over his shirt. 3. Although Tom is ill, he (know) ____________________________ what's happening around him. 4. Why don't you braid your hair? You (look) ____________________________ better if you do so. 5. I'm telling you the truth. Why (you/ not/believe) ____________________________ me? 6. Can we go somewhere else? I (hate) ____________________________ this place. It's so boring. 7. My son (seem) ____________________________ nervous when I asked him who had broken the window. 8. Bob (want) ______________________________ a car for a long time, but he hasn't had enough money to afford one. 9. They are really rich, but they always seem unhappy. I (doubt) ____________________________ that money can't bring them happiness. 10. In 2010, the team (consist) ____________________________ of ten founding members, but now it expands to include more than thirty members. C. READING I. Read the extract from a short brochure introducing Indonesia. Match the subheadings (A-E) with the paragraphs (1-5) A. Economy
B. Sports
D. Culture
E. Tourist attractions
C. Area and population
__________ (1) Indonesia has about 17,508 islands. It covers a land area of 1,904,569km? With a population of over 237 million people, Indonesia is the world's fourth most populous country. The capital city is Jakarta and the official language is Indonesian. __________ (2) Indonesia's economy is the largest in Southeast Asia. Tourism plays a big role in the economy. In 2013 tourist sector contributed about US$9 billion. Indonesia. Singapore, Malaysia, Australia, China, Japan are the top five sources of visitors to Indonesia. __________ (3) Indonesia's sports are mainly male-oriented. The most popular sports are badminton and football. Traditional sports include Sepak Takraw, and Pencak Silat. __________ (4) Indonesia is a widely diverse nation with over 300 ethnic groups. Its culture is influenced by Chinese, European, Indian and Malay cultures. The influences of Western cultures are seen in science, technology, and modern entertainment. __________ (5) Indonesia is famous for its islands and beautiful views. The most popular destinations in Indonesia are beaches of Bali, Lombok, wonderful islands of Java, Sumatra, Kalimantan. Museums, monuments and gardens in the capital are also famous tourist attractions. II. Read and do the tasks below. ASEAN A The Association of Southeast Asian Nations, commonly referred to as ASEAN, is a geopolitical and economic organization of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. It was established in Bangkok, Thailand by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. Since then, membership has expanded to include Brunei, Vietnam, Laos, Myanmar and Cambodia. B ASEAN has a population of about 600 million which makes up about 9% of the world's population. It has an area of 4.46 million square kilometers, accounting for 3% of the total land area of the earth, and its territorial waters cover an area about three times larger than its land mass does. C The region's principal aims include the acceleration of economic growth, social progress, and cultural development among its members, as well as the promotion of regional peace. With these targets, 'One Vision, One Identity, One Community is chosen as the bloc's motto. D In terms of economy, if ASEAN were a single country, it would already be the eighth largest economy in the world, with a combined GDP of $2.4 trillion in 2013. The Governments of ASEAN countries have paid special attention to trade. With regard to external trade, ASEAN as a whole represents the EU's third largest trading partner outside Europe (after the US and China) with more than €246 billion
of trade in goods and services in 2014. It has been estimated that a free trade area will be established in the ASEAN region by 2020. The ASEAN leaders have also adopted the ASEAN Vision 2020, which aims at forging closer economic integration within the region. The Hanoi Plan of Action, adopted in 1998, serves as the first in a series of planned actions leading up to the realization of the ASEAN Vision. E In addition, ASEAN is a region of diverse cultures. Therefore, ASEAN cooperation not only covers economic growth but also in a variety of areas, including education, culture and sports activities. Student exchange programs within the regional countries are encouraged. Regional sport competitions, such as the Southeast Asian Games, the ASEAN Para Games, the ASEAN Schools Games and the ASEAN Football Championship are held with the aim of strengthening friendship among ASEAN members. Task 1. Write A, B, C, D or E next to the statement which contains the information from the paragraph. 1. ASEAN's sea area is about three times larger than its land area. _____________ 2. In addition to economy, ASEAN countries cooperate in a variety of aspects. _____________ 3. ASEAN organization consists of 10 countries in Southeast Asia. _____________ 4. Maintaining regional peace is one of the bloc's principal aims. _____________ 5. A free trade area is estimated to be formed within ASEAN by 2020. _____________ Task 2. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not Given. True
False
Not given
6. ASEAN was founded in Bangkok, Thailand by Indonesia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore and Thailand. 7. ASEAN covers an area of over four million square kilometers. 8. The bloc's motto is: 'One Vision, One Diversity, One Community. 9. ASEAN is the EU's third largest trading partner outside Europe. 10. ASEAN Schools Games is a sporting event held every year by an ASEAN state member. III. Choose the best answer to fill in the blank. Passage 1 The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) is an organization of ten Southeast Asian countries: Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, (1) ____ Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. It promotes political, economic, cultural and social cooperation (2) ____ its members. Although ASEAN works for peace and stability in Southeast Asia, it is not a defence organization. The members of ASEAN cooperate in such fields (3) ____ population control, prevention of drug abuse, (4) ____ research and combating terrorism. Teachers, students and artists of the member nations
exchange visits. In addition, the organization develops plans to promote tourism in ASEAN countries and to encourage programs of Southeast Asian studies. It works to (5) ____ trade barriers among the members. 1. A. the
B. a
C. an
D. Ø
2. A. between
B. through
C. among
D. from
3. A. like
B. as
C. alike
D. that
4. A. scientific
B. science
C. scientist
D. scientifically
5. A. increase
B. prevent
C. develop
D. reduce
Passage 2. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations or ASEAN was (6) ____ on August 8 1967 in Bangkok by the five original member countries, (7) ____, Indonesia, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand. Brunei Darussalam (8) ____ on January 8, 1984, Vietnam on July 28, 1995, Lao PDR and Myanmar on July 23, 1997, and Cambodia on April 30, 1999. As of 2006, the ASEAN region has a population of about 560 million, a total area of 4.5 million square kilometers, a combined gross (9) ____ product of almost US$ 1,100 billion, and a total trade of about US$ 1,400 billion. The ASEAN Declaration states that the aims and purposes of the Association are to (10) ____ economic growth, social progress and cultural development in the region and to promote regional peace. 6. A. established
B. constructed
C. rebuilt
D. decorated
7. A. such
B. like
C. namely
D. as
8. A. took up
B. joined
C. represented
D. involved
9. A. home
B. exotic
C. domestic
D. household
10. A. fetch
B. endeavor
C. poach
D. accelerate
IV. Read the following information about Thailand. Choose the appropriate words or phrases given to fill the gap. agri-food production
beautiful islands
Thai boxing
population
famous festivals
1. Land area: 513,120km; _______________________ :67,149,778 (2014 estimated), most speak Thai; capital: Bangkok 2. based on ________________________; major exports: Thai rice, textile and footwear, fishery products and electronic products 3. Ko Tarutao and Ko Chang as ______________________, with sandy beaches and clean water; Ayuthaya as an old and beautiful city, with temples and palaces made of stone 4. shaped by many influences from Indian, Lao, Cambodian and Chinese cultures; ___________________: Thai New Year ( water fights) and Loy Kratong, a festival of lights and lanterns
5. very popular ___________________________; others: rugby, golf, football, etc. V. Read the passage and answer the following questions. The Asian Games, officially known as Asiad, is a multi-sport event held every four years among athletes from all over Asia. The Games were regulated by the Asian Games Federation (AGF) from the first Games in New Delhi, India, until the 1982 Games. Since the 1982 they have been organized by the Olympic Council of Asia (OCA), after the break-up of the Asian Games Federation. The Games are recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) and are described as the second largest multisport event after the Olympic Games. Participation All 45 members affiliated to the Olympic Council of Asia (OCA) are eligible to take part in the Games. In history, 46 National Olympic Committees (NOCs) have sent competitors to the Games. Israel has been excluded from the Games since 1976, the reason cited as being due to security reasons. Israel requested to participate in the 1982 Games, but the request was rejected by the organisers due to incident in 1972 Summer Olympics. Israel is now a member of the European Olympic Committees (EOC). Due to its continuing ambiguous political status, Taiwan has participated in the Games under the flag of Chinese Taipei since 1990. Macau is allowed to compete as one of the NOCs in Asian Games, despite not being recognized by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) for participation in the Olympic Games. In 2007, the President of OCA, Sheikh Ahmed Al-Fahad Al-Ahmed Al-Sabah, rejected the proposal to allow Australia to participate in the Games. He stated that while Australia would add good value to the Asian Games, it would be unfair to the other NOCs in Oceania. Only seven countries, namely India, Indonesia, Japan, the Philippines, Sri Lanka, Singapore and Thailand have competed in all editions of the games. Medal count Of the 46 National Olympic Committees participating throughout the history of the Games, 43 nations have won at least a single medal in the competition, leaving three nations: Bhutan, Maldives and Timor-Leste yet to win a single medal. 34 nations have won at least a single gold medal, while Japan and China became the only two nations in history to emerge as overall champions. Future changes The number of competition events is scheduled to shrink down to just 35 sports at the 2014 Games to be held in Incheon, South Korea. 2014 will also see the last Games hosted in even-numbered years, as the Olympic Council of Asia pushed the subsequent Games to just one year ahead of the Olympic Games. This means the 18th Asian Games which were originally planned for 2018 will be pushed to 2019. 1. How many nations have completed in the Asian Games? ______________________________________________________________________________
2. Why was Irasel excluded from the Games? ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. How many countries have participated in all editions of the Games? ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. What year will be the last time to see the Asian Games be hosted in even numbered years? ______________________________________________________________________________ D. WRITING I. Reorder the words to make complete sentences. 1. doesn't/ Trying/ to/ make/ people/ laugh/ sometimes/ work. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. like/ Saturdays./ on/ doesn't/ getting/ Joe/ early/ up ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. much/ big/ was/ Giving/ our/ candy/ mistake./ babies/ so ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. my/ seeing/ joys/ in/ greatest/ day/ after/ work./ at/ hard/ is/ life/ love/ a/ of/ One ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. music/ is/ to/ a/ great/ pop/ to/ my/ way/ spirits./ Listening/ lift ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. recommends/ to/ hotels/ Linda/ reserving/ before/ travelling/ places./ new ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. losing/ short-term/ on/ money/ Her/ his/ risks/ father/ investment. ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. but/ helping/ me/ truth./ should/ don't/ tell/ I/ mind/ the/ she/ her ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF A. PHONETICS I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group. 1. A. apologize
B. absorb
C. arrive
D. absence
2. A. combine
B. collect
C. commerce
D. correct
3. A. admiral
B. adventure
C. advertise
D. adverb
4. A. club
B. subtle
C. climb
D. doubt
5. A. boat
B. both
C. post
D. lose
II. Pick out the words whose main stressed syllable is different from the rest. 1. A. farmer
B. farewell
C. factory
D. fairy
2. A. cattle
B. country
C. canal
D. cover
3. A. money
B. machine
C. many
D. mother
4. A. borrow
B. agree
C. await
D. prepare
5. A government
B. condition
C. parliament
D. fortunate
B. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR 1. Complete the sentences using the given words. charter
constitution
bloc
principles
maintain
1. ASEAN Scholarship holder has to _________________ good academic performance to keep the scholarship. 2. A _______________ is a written statement that describes the rights a particular group of people should have. 3. A __________________ is a set of fundamental principles or established precedents according to which a state or organization is governed. 4. The ASEAN Economic Community is an important example of a trading _________________, particularly when you consider the countries involved in it. 5. She refused to lie about it; it's against her _________________. II. Complete the following sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Development policy has a critical role to play in supporting ________________________ to reduce conflict and violence over the long term. (STABLE) 2. CMA stands for The California Medical ________________________ which is a professional organization representing the physicians of the state of California. (ASSOCIATE) 3. ________________________ is important because it allows people and groups to work together to achieve a common goal or derive mutual benefits. (COOPERATE) 4. ________________________ is unity which produces or is based on unity of interests, objectives, standards, and sympathies. (SOLID) 5. A ________________________ is an award of financial aid for a student to further their education. (SCHOLAR) III. Choose ONE INCORRECT WORD in each sentence. 1. Have you washed the car yet? - No, I didn't. But I have already mowed the lawn. 2. He denies take the cakes even though it is obvious that he took them.
3. Casy is considering bought a new bike because her old one was out of order. 4. I know listening is my weakest English skill, so I practise watch a lot of English-speaking shows. 5. How ridiculous it is! He always struggles to make ends meet, but he imagines buy a Ferrari one day. 6. Jucy spend all her money on buying clothes, so she can't pay her rent now. 7. A few days ago I learn that someone has planned to tear down the ancient building. 8. He feels like write since it is a great way to show his creativity. IV. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the given word(s). 1. Prices (go) _________________________ up for a couple of months. Everything is more expensive this year. 2. Ben's responsibilities include (welcome) _________________________ Japanese guests at the airport. 3. Jack (become) _______________________ paralysed since he fell off in a horse racing competition in 2005. 4. She carries on (work) _________________________ on her project despite difficulties. 5. Have you ever baked your own cake? - Yes, I (try) _________________________ it when I was in high school but I haven't baked any cakes since then. 6. I don't mind (go) _________________________ to the market if you accompany me. 7. Your parcel has arrived. The postman (bring) _________________________ it two hours ago. 8. I always (wish) _________________________ every woman in this world a happy life after marriage. C. READING I. Decide whether the following statements are True, False or Not given. The Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) was formed in 1967 by Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, and Thailand to promote political and economic cooperation and regional stability. Brunei joined in 1984, shortly after its independence from the United Kingdom, and Vietnam joined ASEAN as its seventh member in 1995. Laos and Myanmar were admitted into full membership in July 1997 as ASEAN celebrated its 30th anniversary. Cambodia became ASEAN's tenth member in 1999. The ASEAN Declaration in 1967, considered ASEAN's founding document, formalized the principles of peace and cooperation to which ASEAN is dedicated. The ASEAN Charter entered into force on 15 December 2008. With the entry into force of the ASEAN Charter, ASEAN established its legal identity as an international organization and took a major step in its community-building process. Every year following the ASEAN Ministerial Meeting (AMM), ASEAN holds its Post-Ministerial Conference (PMC) to which the Secretary of State is invited. In 1994, ASEAN took the lead in establishing the ASEAN Regional Forum (ARF), which now has 27 members and meets each year at the ministerial level just after the PMC. 1. ASEAN was formed in 1967 by four countries: Malaysia, Singapore, the Philippines and Thailand.
A. True
B. False
C. Not given
2. Vietnam joined ASEAN in 1995 after Brunei 11 years. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
3. ASEAN celebrated its 30 anniversary in 1997 when Laos and Cambodia became full memberships. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
4. ASEAN charter helped this organization become an international organization in 2008. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
5. Every year ASEAN has 3 meetings with the attendance of 27 members. A. True
B. False
C. Not given
D. WRITING I. Complete each sentence with one of the given word(s). There are two extra words. reducing
own
Filipino
owing
means
increasing
group
1. Singapore or Singapura is a city or country in Southeast Asia. Singapura is a Malay word. Singa ____________________ Lion and pura refers to City. That is why Singapore is also known as Lion City. 2. Despite its small size, Singapore is seen as a multi-racial country. The largest ____________________ is Chinese who made up of 75% of the population. 3. Another unique aspect of ____________________ culture is bayanihan, the practice of moving an entire home to a new location. 4. The ASEAN Para Games aims at promoting sports for people with disabilities in the region and ____________________ public awareness of disabled sports. 5. It comes as no surprise that Brunei's population enjoys one of the highest per capita incomes in the world, ____________________ to its wealth of natural resources relative to the size of the country and its population. II. Reorder the words or phrases to make complete sentences. 1. tourist/ tropical/ climate/ with/ an/ ideal/ Thailand/ is/ pleasant/ attraction ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. is/ ethnic/ 300/ Indonesia/ to/ over/ groups/ home ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. values/ family/ The/ Vietnamese/ appreciate ______________________________________________________________________________ THE FIRST TERM TEST PART I: PHONETICS
I. Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others’. Circle A, B, C or D. 1. A. book
B. took
C. goose
D. good
2. A. worm
B. worse
C. work
D. more
3. A. chaperon
B. charity
C. challenge
D. Charlie
4. A. without
B. sixth
C. month
D. think
5. A. coughed
B. laughed
C. weighed
D. matched
II. Pick out the word whose stress pattern is different from that of the others. Circle A, B, C or D. 1. A. private
B. provide
C. arrange
D. advise
2. A. resurface
B. knowledge
C. technical
D. export
3. A. medical
B. entertainment
C. atmosphere
D. suburb
4. A. recipe
B. cinema
C. similar
D. expertise
5. A. indicate
B. forefinger
C. procedure
D. enemy
PART II: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR I. Supply the correct tense/ form of the verb in brackets. 1. Teresa (type) ______________________ all day and still (not finish) ______________________ the report. 2. For the past few days I (work) _____________________ in Jack's office, as my own office (redecorate) ______________________. 3. I was terribly disappointed (discover) ______________________ that he (lie) ______________________ to me. 4. The girl got a lot of trouble. She (not tell) ______________________ a lie. 5. I appreciate (tell) ______________________ the news. 6. He really didn't expect (introduce) ______________________ to the president. 7. I don't know why you always (talk) ______________________ in class, boys. II. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in brackets. 1. Remind me of my appointment. I am ______________________. (FORGET) 2. Recently health foods have increased in ______________________. (POPULAR) 3. Unless something is done about unemployment, the ______________________ for the future is not good. (LOOK) 4. He had been ______________________ delayed at the office and was now in a hurry to keep his appointment with the dentist. (EXPECT)
5. The old lady hid all her ______________________ under the floor. (SAVE) 6. Alison's ______________________ made it hard for her to speak in public. (SHY) 7. He had the _____________________ habit of borrowing books and then forgetting to return them. (ANNOY) 8. All ______________________ must be received before July 20th 2007. (APPLY) 9. I ______________________ met an old friend last week. (EXPECT) 10. You look rather ______________________. Are you worried about something? (OCCUPY) 11. It is much more ______________________ to buy large size packets. (ECONOMY) 12. Earth Hour is a ______________________ event organized to raise people's awareness. (WORLD) III. Fill in each numbered space with one suitable preposition. 1. They say that there is an exception ______________________ every rule. 2. It was very good ______________________ Sue to drive us to the airport. 3. Don't worry, the whole situation is ______________________ control. 4. I'm afraid you are not eligible ______________________ a pension until you are 65. 5. There were no ripe apples ______________________ reach, so I moved the ladder. 6. Breaking his leg a second time put Peter's football career ______________________ jeopardy. 7. What do you get if you divide 22 ______________________ 7? A complicated number. 8. You can rely on her. She won't let you ______________________. 9. Don't eat that sausage. I think it's gone ______________________. 10. It's safe to hide here. We won't give you ______________________. PART III: READING I. Read the following passage and choose the best option to complete the blank or answer the question. Most human diets contain between 10 and 15 percent of their total calories as protein. The rest of the dietary energy comes from carbohydrates, fats, and in some people, alcohol. The proportion of calories from fats varies from 10 percent in poor communities to 40 percent or more in rich communities. In addition to providing energy, fats have several other functions in the body. The fat-soluble vitamins, A, D, E, and K, are dissolved in fats, as their name implies. Good sources of these vitamins have high oil or fat content, and the vitamins are stored in the body's fatty tissues. In the diet, fats cause food to remain longer in the stomach, thus increasing the feeling of fullness for some time after a meal is eaten. Fats add variety, taste, and texture to foods, which accounts for the popularity of fried foods. Fatty deposits in the body have an insulating and protective value. The curves of the human female body are due mostly to strategically located fat deposits.
Whether a certain amount of fat in the diet is essential to human health is not definitely known. When rats are fed a fat-free diet, their growth eventually ceases, their skin becomes inflamed and scaly, and their reproductive systems are damaged. Two fatty acids, linoleic and arachidonic acids, prevent these abnormalities and hence are called essential fatty acids. They also are required by a number of other animals, but their roles in human beings are debatable. Most nutritionists consider linoleic fatty acid an essential nutrient for humans. 1. This passage probably appeared in which of the following? A. diet book
B. A book on basic nutrition
C. A cookbook
D. A popular women's magazine
2. We can infer from the passage that all of the following statements about fats are true EXCEPT ____. A. fats provide energy for the body B. economics influences the distribution of calorie intake C. poor people eat more fatty foods D. alcohol is not a common source of dietary energy 3. The word "functions" in bold is closest in meaning to ____. A. forms
B. needs
C. jobs
D. sources
4. The phrase "stored in" in bold is closest in meaning to ____. A. manufactured in
B. attached to
C. measured by
D. accumulated in
5. The author states that fats serve all of the following body functions EXCEPT to ____. A. promote a feeling of fullness
B. insulate and protect the body
C. provide energy
D. control weight gain
6. The word "essential to" in bold is closest in meaning to ____. A. required for
B. desired for
C. detrimental to
D. beneficial to
7. According to the author of the passage, which of the following is true for rats when they are fed a fat free diet? A. They stop growing
B. They have more babies
C. They lose body hair
D. They require less care
8. Linoleic fatty acid is mentioned in the passage as ____. A. an essential nutrient for humans
B. more useful than arachidonic acid
C. preventing weight gain in rats
D. a nutrient found in most foods
9. The phrase "these abnormalities” refers to ____. A. a condition caused by fried foods B. strategically located fat deposits
C. curves on the human female body D. cessation of growth, bad skin, and damaged reproductive systems 10. That humans should all have some fat our diet is, according to the author, ____. A. a commonly held view
B. not yet a proven fact
C. only true for women
D. proven to be true by experiments in rats
II. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each space. FRIDAY THE THIRTEENTH Police are hunting for a hit-and-run driver who knocked a teenage cyclist off her bike in East Street. Sarah Tucker, 17, had a lucky escape on Friday, 13th May, when she was sent reeling by a black Volvo on her way home from work. She bruised her thigh and shoulder and her bicycle was (1) ____. The driver stopped for a moment but then drove off without (2) ____ a name or address and before Sarah could get his number. “I tried to get out of his way, but I couldn't,” she said. Everyone at work kept going on about it being Friday 13th. I'm not a bit (3) ____ and wouldn't change any of my plans just because Friday 13th is supposed to be unlucky, I don't usually take any (4) ____ of that sort of thing but I will now. I think I'll stay in bed." The accident (5) ____ at the junction with Westwood Road at about 6.30pm as Sarah was making her (6) ____ home to the Harley Estate. The Volvo pulled out of Westwood onto Henley Road in front of the teenager's bicycle. "He could at (7) ____ have helped her up. I don't see why he should get away with it," said her father, Derek, "Sarah was lucky. I don't know why the driver didn't see her. He can't have been (8) ____ attention. It is unfortunate that nobody took down the number." Though still too (9) ____ to ride a bike, Sarah was able to go back to (10) ____ in Marlow on Monday. 1. A. damaged
B. harmed
C. devastated
D. crashed
2. A. noting
B. presenting
C. leaving
D. suggesting
3. A. irrational
B. superstitious
C. unreasonable
D. prejudices
4. A. notice
B. consideration
C. note
D. care
5. A. came about
B. turned up
C. finished up
D. took place
6. A. route
B. way
C. course
D. path
7. A. once
B. most
C. least
D. best
8. A. giving
B. paying
C. attracting
D. providing
9. A. discouraged
B. confused
C. overcome
D. shaken
10. A. work
B. job
C. post
D. employment
PART IV: WRITING
I. Finish the second sentence in each pair in such a way that it means the same as the sentence before it. 1. The house was so badly damaged in the fire that it couldn't be repaired. The house was too ____________________________________________________________________ 2. You won't reach the station in less than twenty minutes. It will take ___________________________________________________________________________ 3. The collision didn't damage my car much. Not a great __________________________________________________________________________ 4. Just thinking about his face at that moment makes me laugh. The very ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. I took my car to the garage last Saturday and they resprayed it. I had _______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Although Christopher was the stronger of the two, his attacker soon overpowered him. Despite his __________________________________________________________________________ 7. What a surprise to see you here! Fancy ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. It was only when I left home that I realised how much my father meant to me. Not until ____________________________________________________________________________ 9. The house collapsed because of faulty building work. It was ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. The boys clearly intended to make trouble when they entered the hotel. The boys were _______________________________________________________________________
II. Write the second sentence in such a way that it is as similar as possible in meaning to the original sentence. Use the word given in brackets and other words as necessary. Do not change the form of the given word. 1. Dickens' last novel was unfinished when he died.
(WITHOUT)
______________________________________________________________________________ 2. John was shocked to hear that he had failed his driving test.
(CAME)
______________________________________________________________________________ 3. He is likely to come.
(PROBABILITY)
______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Mathew didn't listen to what his doctor told him.
(NOTICE)
______________________________________________________________________________ 5. I don't feel like going to the party.
(MOOD)
______________________________________________________________________________ 6. The new manager blames me for everything that goes wrong.
(PICKING)
______________________________________________________________________________ 7. He talked about nothing except the weather.
(SOLE)
______________________________________________________________________________ 8. In the end, I felt I had been right to leave the club.
(REGRETS)
______________________________________________________________________________ 9. He is different from his brother in almost all aspects.
(BEARS)
______________________________________________________________________________ 10. The passengers don't realise how lucky they have been.
(LITTLE)
______________________________________________________________________________ Unit 6. LOBAL WARMING PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY absorb
/əbˈzɔːb/
(v)
thấm, hút
atmosphere
/ˈætməsfɪə(r)/
(n)
khí quyển
awareness
/əˈweənəs/
(n)
sự nhận thức, hiểu biết, quan tâm
ban
/bæn/
(v)
cấm
capture
/ˈkæptʃə(r)/
(v)
lưu lại, giam giữ lại
carbon footprint
/ˌkɑːbən ˈfʊtprɪnt/ nhà
(n)
lượng khí CO, thải ra hằng ngày của một cá nhân hoặc
máy... catastrophic
/ˌkætəˈstrɒfɪk/
(adj)
thảm họa
clean-up
/ˈkliːn ʌp/
(n)
sự dọn dẹp, làm sạch, tổng vệ sinh
climate change
/ˈklaɪmət tʃeɪndʒ/
(n)
biến đổi khí hậu
diversity
/daɪˈvɜːsəti/
(n)
sự đa dạng
drought
/draʊt/
(n)
hạn hán
ecological
/ˌiːkəˈlɒdʒɪkl/
(adj)
thuộc về sinh thái
ecosystem
/ˈiːkəʊsɪstəm/
(n)
hệ sinh thái
emission xả
/iˈmɪʃn/
(n)
(danh từ không đếm được) sự phát (sáng), tỏa (nhiệt), (khí)
famine
/'fæmɪn/
(n)
nạn đói kém
greenhouse gas
/ˌɡriːnhaʊs 'gæs/
(n)
chất khí gây hiệu ứng nhà kính
heat-related
/hiːt - rɪˈleɪtɪd /
(adj)
có liên quan tới nhiệt
infectious
/ɪnˈfekʃəs/
(adj)
lây nhiễm, lan truyền
oil spill
/ˈɔɪl - spɪl/
(n.p)
tràn dầu
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW * PHÂN TỪ: 2 LOẠI Present participle (phân từ hiện tại): + Ving (dùng cho active): đơn + Having PII: hoàn thành Past participle (phân từ quả khử):
+ PII (Passive) + Having been PII
1. Một chủ ngữ thực hiện hai hay nhiều hoạt động đồng thời S+ V1......., Ving...... Ex:
(thực thể) - He walked along the street, singing massively. - My neighbor fell off the ladder, breaking three teeth.
2. Kết hợp 2 câu đơn S1 + V1 …...., S2 + V2 ............ → Ving / Having PII ............ , S1 + V2 Ex:
→ PII / having been PII , S1 + V2 Susan felt tired. She went to bed early. → Feeling tired, Susan went to bed early.
Ex:
He was punished by the teacher. He was sad. → Punished by the teacher, he was sad.
Ex:
They have lived here for a long time. They know about it clearly. → Having lived here for a long time, they know about it clearly.
3. Rút gọn mệnh đề quan hệ: S(N) + Ving + ... + be/V... S(N) + PII (chia thì) + be/V... S + be/ V + O(N) │ + Ving (chia thì) Ex:
│ + PII
The man who lives next to me is a doctor. → The man living next to me is a doctor.
Ex:
Many things considered impossible in the past have come in reality now. PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. dinner
B. disappear
C. discover
D. dinosaur
2. A. robot
B. robe
C. rock
D. role
3. A. constant
B. modern
C. obvious
D. robot
4. A. continue
B. finish
C. likely
D. instant
5. A. annual
B. basic
C. average
D. capacity
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. importance
B. happiness
C. employment
D. relation
2. A. possible
B. cultural
C. confident
D. supportive
3. A. office
B. nature
C. result
D. farmer
4. A. difficult
B. popular
C. effective
D. national
5. A. answer
B. reply
C. singer
D. future
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR 1. Choose the correct word in the bracket to complete the sentences. deforestation
heat-related
emissions
extinction
absorb
catastrophic
footprint
diversity
preserve
infectious
1. Global warming has proved truly ______________________________________ for the environment.
2. Having measured the company's carbon _________________________________, they realised that the amount of carbon dioxide (CO) it produced was great. 3. Rainforests have the highest species ________________________________ on the earth. 4. We need to ________________________________ the diversity of wildlife because each species has an important role to play. 5. Scientists have warned about the relationship between climate change and the spread of ________________________________ diseases. 6. The alarming rate of ________________________________ results in damage to the quality of the land. 7. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause _________________________________ illnesses which can be dangerous to people. 8. A large amount of carbon dioxide ________________________________ are released into the atmosphere by burning fossil fuels. 9. Many species are threatened with _____________________________ due to deforestation and loss of habit. 10. More trees should be planted as they ___________________________ carbon dioxide and give off oxygen. IL. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. Global warming may lead to _____________________ weather events, including heat waves, floods, and powerful storms, which could affect people's lives. (EXTREMELY) 2. Every one of us can help to protect and sustain our environment by _____________________ our consumption habits. (CHANGE) 3. Even slight increase in the levels of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere can cause a _____________________ rise in temperature. (SIGNIFICANCE) 4. There is a _____________________ between the recent droughts and climate change. (CONNECT) 5. Farming contributes more than 30 percent of the total greenhouse gas _____________________. (EMIT) 6. The overuse of chemical _____________________ is a serious threat to the environment. (FERTILIZE) 7. Global warming is the increase in the earth's average surface temperature due to the warming _____________________ of greenhouse gases. (EFFECTIVE) 8. The main cause of _____________________ warming is the burning of fossil fuels, such as natural gas, oil, and coal. (GLOBE) 9. The _____________________ of the earth's atmosphere causes sea-level rise. (WARM)
10. Many animal species are in danger of extinction due to the loss of their habitat and inability to _____________________ to climate change. (ADAPTION) III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Developed countries are responsible for 80% of the ____ carbon dioxide that is already in the atmosphere. A. man-made
B. men-made
C. man-making
D. man-mades
2. The government must take ____ to cut vehicle emissions. A. measures
B. repeat
C. discover
D. ban
3. They didn't forget ____ a short vacation in Cuc Phuong National Park last year. A. being spent
B. having been spent C. to spend
D. having spent
4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ____. A. catastrophic
B. temperature
C. global
D. risk
5. A layer of greenhouse gases – primarily water vapor, and carbon dioxide - acts as a ____ blanket for the Earth, absorbing heat and warming the surface. A. heat
B. heating
C. thermal
D. hot
6. We admired the Japanese ____ the city of Fukushima after the disaster. A. to being rebuilt
B. for having rebuilt C. to rebuild
D. of having rebuilt
7. We need to preserve the ____ of wildlife because each species has an important role to play. A. diversity
B. various
C. population
D. type
8. Most climate scientists agree the main cause of the current global warming trend is human expansion of the greenhouse ____. A. gas
B. damage
C. cause
D. effect
9. ____ trees around the house on the south and west sides, they can save up to about $250 a year on cooling and heating. A. Having planted
B. Being planted
C. To plant
D. To have planted
10. The increase in the earth's temperature can cause ____illness which can be dangerous to people. A. heat-related
B. heat-relate
C. heat-relating
D. heated-relate
11. Certain ____ in the atmosphere, such as carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide, block heat from escaping. A. gases
B. layers
C. effects
D. emissions
12. Having developed green technologies with low-carbon emissions, ____ intends to get rid of coal. A. that country
B. the communities
C. the effort
D. the possibility
13. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary ____ gases that cause global warming.
A. greenhouse
B. house
C. plant
D. home
14. Carbon dioxide is released through ____ processes such as respiration and volcano eruptions and through ____ activities such as deforestation, land use change, and burning fossil fuels. A. man-made
B. ordinary-man-made
C. human natural
D. natural-human
15. Vietnam has been named among the 12 countries most ____ for climate change by the World Bank. A. at danger
B. in risk
C. at risk
D. ready
C. READING I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. landslides
biodiversity
conditions
temperature
rainfall
economic
farmland
impacts
agencies
support
Vietnam Likely to Face Extreme Weather Conditions by 2050 Vietnam is likely to continue facing extreme weather (1) _____________________ such as higher (2) ____________________, lower summer rainfalls, stronger storms, and rising sea levels from now to 2050. Temperature in northern Vietnam will rise by between 0.83 degrees Celsius by 2050 and continue its uptrend during the late 21st century. Summer (3) ____________________ will decline in most areas. Meanwhile, storms may become rarer but fiercer, causing possible flash floods and (4) _____________________ in flood-prone areas of northern mountains, central and central highland provinces. The forecasts suggest sea level rise of 100mm-400mm along the entire Vietnamese coast by the end of the 21st century, affecting marine (5) _____________________ and coastal communities. The experts emphasize the unpredictability of climate change and its potential (6) _____________________ to create a variety of dangerous extreme weather events in the future. To raise the public awareness of climate change impacts, the Vietnamese government urges concerned (7) ____________________ to work together on devising worst-case scenario models and responses by 2020 and calls on international experts to further (8) ____________________ Vietnam in climate change adaptation. Climate change is a real threat to Viet Nam's socio-(9) ______________________ development. If sea levels rose one meter, five percent of the country's land, eleven percent of its population and percent of its (10) ____________________ would be affects. II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Consequences of Global Warming on Wildlife Increasing global temperatures are expected to (1) ____ ecosystems, pushing extinction to those species that cannot adapt. The first comprehensive assessment of the extinction risk (2) ____ global warming found that more than 1 million species could be extinctive by 2050 if the current rate continues.
A recent study of (3) ____ 2,000 species of plants and animals discovered movement toward the poles at an average rate 3.8 miles per decade. The latest climate change report found that approximately 20 to 30 percent of plant and animal species assessed so far are likely to be at (4) ____ risk of extinction if global average temperature increases by more than 2.7 to 4.5 degree Fahrenheit. (5) ____ polar bears are drowning because they have to swim longer distances to reach ice floes. The U.S. Geological Survey has predicted that (6) ____ of the world's polar bear populations will be extinct by the mid-century due to melting of the Arctic ice cap. The ocean will continue to become more acidic due to carbon dioxide emissions. (7) ____ this acidification, species with hard calcium carbonate shells are vulnerable, as are coral reefs, (8) ____ are vital to ocean ecosystems. Scientists predict that a 3.6 degree Fahrenheit increase (9) ____ temperature would (10) ____ out 97 percent of the world's coral feels. 1. A. endanger
B. benefit
C. harm
D. use
2. A. to
B. from
C. off
D. on
3. A. nearly
B. near
C. relatively
D. wealthy
4. A. declined
B. born
C. presented
D. increased
5. A. Some
B. Few
C. More
D. Little
6. A. two-third
B. two-thirds
C. two-three
D. two-thirdth
7. A. As
B. Due
C. Because
D. Because of
8. A. that
B. when
C. which
D. who
9. A. away
B. in
C. at
D. of
10. A. send
B. broke
C. wipe
D. lay
III. Read the passage and choose the best answer. The world's oceans have warmed 50 percent faster over the last 40 years than previously thought due to climate change, Australian and US climate researchers reported Wednesday. Higher ocean temperatures expand the volume of water, contributing to a rise in sea levels that is submerging small island nations and threatening to wreak havoc in low-lying, densely populated delta regions around the globe. The study, published in the British journal Nature, adds to a growing scientific chorus of warnings about the pace and consequences rising oceans. It also serves as a corrective to a massive report issued last year by the Nobel-winning UN Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), according to the authors. Rising sea levels are driven by two things: the thermal expansion of sea water, and additional water from melting sources of ice. Both processes are caused by global warming. The ice sheet that sits atop
Greenland, for example, contains enough water to raise world ocean levels by seven metres (23 feet), which would bury sea-level cities from Dhaka to Shanghai. Trying to figure out how much each of these factors contributes to rising sea levels is critically important to understanding climate change, and forecasting future temperature rises, scientists say. But up to now, there has been a perplexing gap between the projections of computer-based climate models, and the observations of scientists gathering data from the oceans. The new study, led by Catia Domingues of the Centre for Australian Weather and Climate Research, is the first to reconcile the models with observed data. Using new techniques to assess ocean temperatures to a depth of 700 metres (2,300 feet) from 1961 to 2003, it shows that thermal warming contributed to a 0.53 millimetre-per-year rise in sea levels rather than the 0.32 mm rise reported by the IPCC. 1. Ultimately, the new study should help scientists to ____. A. lower water levels. B. better predict climate change. C. bury sea-level cities like Dhaka and Shanghai. 2. The rise in water levels is especially dangerous for small island nations and ____. A. low-lying urban areas. B. all coastal cities. C. people who live on the beach. 3. What happens when the ocean's temperature rises? A. It causes sea levels to rise. B. It causes sea levels to remain constant. C. It causes sea levels to decrease. 4. What was the main finding of the study? A. not enough is being done about global warming. B. ocean waters have warmed faster than scientists had previously thought. C. the warming of the world's oceans is not a threat. 5. The new study ____. A. shows that thermal warming contributed to a 0.32 millimeter-per-year rise in sea levels. B. did not reveal anything that scientists didn't already know. C. used new techniques to assess ocean temperatures. D. WRITING I. Rewrite the sentences, using perfect gerunds.
1. Nam won a scholarship. We are excited about that fact. → We are ___________________________________________________________________________ 2. Entering the room, I was surprised at what I saw. → When ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. The volunteers couldn't mow the old lady's lawns because of the rain. → The rain prevented __________________________________________________________________ 4. Since we have become too dependent on the use of electricity, we have to find alternative sources of energy before fossil fuels run out. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ____ 5. Tonya had dumped a lot of rubbish on the beach. She was strongly criticised for that. → Tonya was ________________________________________________________________________ 6. In the Tree Planting Competition, the students in Group 11G planted the most trees in the schoolyard. They were praised for that. → The students in ____________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ____ 7. After she replaced all the light bulbs in her house with LED lights, she same a lot of money on her electricity bills. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ 8. Sam had not worked hard enough in his previous job. He regretted it. → Sam regretted ______________________________________________________________________ 9. Someone had cut down the oldest tree in the park. The police suspected Mike of doing it. → The police suspected ________________________________________________________________
10. Since the farmers used too much chemical fertiliser on their farm, they now have to drink polluted water. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ 11. Denis had taken an active part in the Green Summer activities. He was rewarded for that. → Denis was ________________________________________________________________________ 12. After the students had learnt about the benefits of recycling and reusing, they started collecting waste paper, bottles, and cans to recycle and reuse. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ____ II. Rewrite the sentences, using perfect gerunds. 1. David did his homework and they went to bed. → After having _______________________________________________________________________ 2. It is easy for anyone to learn how to cook. → Learning _________________________________________________________________________ 3. Tony had rescued the kids from the fire. People admired him for that. → People ___________________________________________________________________________ 4. He had dumped lots of rubbish onto the beach. He denied it. → He denied _________________________________________________________________________ 5. After Ha had read some documents about Green Earth, she decided to join the organization. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ 6. I have seen him before. I remember that. →I ________________________________________________________________________________ 7. You had saved the lives of hundreds of wild animals. Thank you for that.
→ Thank you ________________________________________________________________________ 8. They had hunted and killed many wild animals. Later they regretted what they had done. → They regretted _____________________________________________________________________ 9. Since Mai had refused Nam's offer of a lift in his car, she had to walk home. → Having ___________________________________________________________________________ 10. 'You've lied to us, the villagers said. The politician denied it. → The politician ______________________________________________________________________ 11. The factory had dumped tons of toxic waste into the river. It was heavily fined for that. → The factory _______________________________________________________________________ 12. Thanh had forgotten to turn off the gas cooker before he left his house. He admitted that. → Thanh admitted ____________________________________________________________________ III. Rewrite the following sentences using Perfect Participle. Ex:
We switched off the lights before we went to bed. → Having switched off the lights, we went to bed.
1. Zoe had practiced a lot, so she was sure of her winning in the competition. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. The boy asked his mother's permission and then went out to play. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. As he had drunk too much, he didn't drive home himself. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. We have done two tests today, so we are exhausted. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. She filled the washing machine and switched it on. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. She had been to disco the night before and she overslept in the morning. ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. We had worked in the garden all day and were sunburned in the evening.
______________________________________________________________________________ 8. She had not slept for two days and therefore she wasn't able to concentrate. ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. Since I had not seen him for ages, I didn’t recognize him. ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. I had not ridden a horse for a long time and I found it very difficult to sit on the saddle. ______________________________________________________________________________ IV. Rewrite the following sentences using After or Before. 1. I told him off. Then I realized I was wrong. → After having told him off, I realized I was wrong. 2. I worked very hard for the exam. Then I passed it. → Before ___________________________________________________________________________ 3. First I considered what to study. Then I decided to major in Maths. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ 4. She wrote a letter. Then she went to bed. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ 5. He bought a radio. First he checked the price. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ 6. They argued. Then they fought. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ 7. She went out for a walk. Then she had a fatal accident. → Before ___________________________________________________________________________ 8. She decided to go away. First she faced the matter. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ 9. We read the book, then we wrote the assignment.
→ Before ___________________________________________________________________________ 10. She watched the film, then she wrote a report. → After ____________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. sale
B. serve
C. sure
D. sort
2. A. age
B. altogether
C. change
D. college
3. A. mercury
B. mermaid
C. merriment
D. servant
4. A. solar
B. cost
C. knowledge
D. impossible
5. A. appear
B. measure
C. nuclear
D. year
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. commitee
B. scientific
C. pagoda
D. computer
2. A. lotion
B. escape
C. prefer
D. review
3. A. commerce
B. consent
C. access
D. advent
4. A. mysterious
B. historical
C. heritage
D. particular
5. A. discriminate
B. accurate
C. transparent
D. benevolent
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees ____ and absorb CO in the air. A. capture
B. pasture
C. calculate
D. appear
2. A strong greenhouse effect will warm the ocean and partially melt glaciers, increasing ____. A. sea level
B. temperature
C. sea water
D. pollution
3. The next dry season will be extremely severe ____ further saltwater intrusion, water and rain shortages, and heat waves. A. due to
B. thanks to
C. because
D. although
4. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ____ balance. A. ecological
B. biology
C. geography
D. technology
5. Ocean water also will expand if it warm, ____ further to sea level rise. A. leading
B. contributing
C. getting
D. making
6. Methane is a far more active ____ than carbon dioxide, but also one which is much less abundant in the atmosphere. A. climate change
B. emission
C. greenhouse gas
D. greenhouse effect
7. The government must take measures to cut ____ emissions. A. vehicle
B. transportation
C. transfer
D. convert
8. The cleaning of land for agricultural, industry, and other human activities have increased ____ of greenhouse gases. A. lots
B. collections
C. concentration
D. attention
9. The low ____ in the Mekong Delta leads to acute saline instruction much deeper than the traditional 30 to 40 km of mainland that is contaminated with saltwater. A. water level
B. salt water
C. water currents
D. sea level
10. Buying organic food is better for the environment because it uses less ____. A. fertilizer
B. fertilize
C. fertilizes
D. fertilized
11. Humans ____ atmospheric carbon dioxide concentration by a third since the Industrial Revolution began. A. had increased
B. were increasing
C. Increase
D. have increased
12. All of the disasters resulted from ____ will continue to have a devastating effect on socio-economic development. A. ecological balance B. carbon footprint
C. floods
D. climate change
13. The simplest way to reduce your ____ footprint is to cycle to school. A. carbon
B. chemical
C. chemistry
D. dioxide
14. ____ the desalination plant, the company could offer an effective solution to the problem of water scarcity. A. Being built
B. Having been built C. To build
D. Having built
15. Sea level rise is usually regarded as Vietnam's main ____: a one-meter rise would submerge 40 percent of the country and make millions homeless. A. concern
B. disaster
C. hope
D. destruction
16. Replace all the light bulbs in your home with ____ bulbs. A. energy-saving
B. energy-save
C. energy-saves
D. energy-saved
17. The public praised the local farmers for ____ millions of trees of the surrounding hills. A. being planting
B. having planted
C. plant
D. being planted
18. Leaving your DVD player on standby produces the same carbon ____ each year as the average person of Burundi. A. emissions
B. releases
C. eruptions
D. appearance
IV. Choose the correct word in the box to complete the sentences. capture
greenhouse
illnesses
ecological
emissions
dioxide
balance
catastrophic
climate
energy
1. Carbon dioxide is one of the primary _______________________________ gases that cause global warming. 2. Deforestation is one of the biggest environmental threats to the __________________________ balance in the world. 3. There are many ways for us to reduce our carbon ___________________________ order to save our environment. 4. The effects of climate change on humans and nature are ___________________________. 5. I believe that the only way for us to reduce global warming is to cut down on ______________________ use. 6. Planting trees can contribute to reducing global warming as trees _________________________ and absorb CO2 in the air. 7. As global temperature rise, there are more cases of heat-related ___________________________. 8. Motor vehicles running on petrol are responsible for a large amount of carbon dioxide __________________. 9. Climate change may lead to the extinction of many species and upset the ecological ____________________. 10. Although global warming is causing changes in weather patterns, it is only one aspect of _______________ change. V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. radiation
networks
overall
flooding
vulnerable
systems
throughout
sensitive
increased
urbanization
Global warming and cooling have occurred naturally (1) ___________________ history. But in the last 200 years, humans' uses of fossil fuels and clear cutting of forests have (2) ___________________ the amount of carbon dioxide and other gases in the atmosphere. These gases trap some of the (3) ___________________ from the sun which then increases the Earth's temperature. Given the current state of environmental pollution caused by human activities, scientists believe the average temperature of the earth may increase 1-2 degrees Celsius which put simply, means some places will get much hotter and some much colder. At the same time, this (4) ____________________ warming effect means more frequent and more intense weather systems, especially in terms of flooding and drought. Vietnam is one of the most (5) ___________________ environments due to its location on the planet. It is already subject to some of the earth's most powerful weather systems and the increased
frequency and intensity of storms will affect it often and directly, especially in coastal areas where most people live. Various estimates have been made as to the possible impacts. The most directly affected sector will be agriculture, which is very (6) ___________________ to flooding and the effects of extreme weather. Vietnam has the advantage of coming relatively late into the industrialization, (7) __________________, and modernization process. This means it can avoid many of the mistakes made by wealthier industrial countries. For example, wireless communication (8) ___________________ can be built from the start rather than installing lines that can be destroyed in extreme weather. Cities can be designed and located in less vulnerable locations. Climate-friendly building codes and standards can be created that are both more efficient and less prone to heat stress, wind damage, and (9) ___________________. Climate friendly transport (10) ___________________, especially public transport, can be adopted. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Global warming is primarily a problem of too much carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, (1) ____ acts as a blanket, trapping heat and the planet. (2) ____, the average surface temperature has increases more than one degree Fahrenheit since the late 1800s. Most of that increase has occurred over the past three decades. We are overloading our atmosphere with carbon dioxide, which traps heat and steadily drives up the planet's temperature. Carbon dioxide comes from the fossil fuels we burn for energy, such as coal, natural gas, and oil, and the loss of forests due to (3) ____, especially in the tropics. Within the scientific community, there is no debate. (4) ____ scientists agree that global (5) ____ is happening and that human activity is the primary cause. Global warming is already having significant and costly effects- and these consequences will only intensify as the planet's temperature continues to rise. Global warming is accelerating the (6) ____ of sea level rise and dramatically increasing coastal flooding risk. Climate change has significant effects for our health, including increased air pollution and a longer and (7) ____ intense allergy season. We must significantly reduce the heat-trapping (8) ____ we are putting into the atmosphere. As individuals, we can help by taking action to reduce our carbon footprint. Tropical deforestation accounts for about 10 percent of the world's heat trapping emissions. Reducing tropical deforestation can significantly lower global warming emissions and plays an integral role in a long-term solution to global warming. Sometimes it is difficult to achieve meaningful (9) ____ to global warming because misinformation about the truth of global warming misleads and confuses the public and makes it more difficult to carry (10) ____ effective solutions.
1. A. that
B. which
C. who
D. when
2. A. Global
B. Globaliness
C. Globally
D. Globe
3. A. deforestation
B. culture
C. relation
D. afforestation
4. A. Most of
B. Mostly
C. Most
D. Almost
5. A. wrapping
B. proving
C. offering
D. warming
6. A. number
B. rate
C. amount
D. part
7. A. more
B. few
C. less
D. little
8. A. inclusions
B. ceremony
C. emissions
D. creations
9. A. factor
B. stories
C. problems
D. solutions
10. A. out
B. in
C. on
D. away
VII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow. One of the factors in global warming is carbon monoxide. The more carbon monoxide in the atmosphere, the less the atmosphere is able to clean itself. The result is a warming of the atmosphere, the so-called global warming, and possibly ozone damage. Earlier, it was found that carbon monoxide was concentrated in the Southern Hemisphere, and could be attributed to deforestation. Huge areas of forest and grasslands in South America and Africa have been burned, putting carbon monoxide into the atmosphere. Recently, however, the Southern Hemisphere has been found to be clean, while the Northern Hemisphere is more polluted than expected. The latest research was done during the northern winter. The high levels in the Northern Hemisphere could be because of this. In winter carbon monoxide is destroyed more slowly. There are also more fires burned in winter, and possibly industrial processes work harder. It could also reflect the everincreasing number of cars on the roads. Optimists hope that the reason why the North has overtaken the South as the major area of carbon monoxide is that at last the burning has stopped, or at least slowed down. 1. Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A Global warming.
B. Carbon monoxide in the atmosphere.
C. The warming of the atmosphere.
D. Ozone damage.
2. Which of the following is NOT a reason for carbon dioxide? A. Ozone damage.
B. Burning of forest.
C. Traffic.
D. Industry.
3. According to the author which of the following is a reason why in winter there is more carbon-monoxide in the atmosphere? A. Fewer factories are working. B. There is a decrease in the amount of traffic on the roads.
C. Central heating means there are fewer fires nowadays. D. Carbon monoxide is not absorbed so fast. 4. Why are the optimists happy? A. People are buying more cars. B. There is more carbon dioxide in the North. C. They are possibly burning fewer forests in the Southern Hemisphere. D. Industry must be doing better. 5. What is the attitude of the author towards the new findings? A. He is biased in favor of the South.
B. He is neutral.
C. He agrees with the optimists.
D. He is worried about the North.
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences using the words in the brackets 1. Having been told about the dangers of chemical fertilisers, they turned to bio - fertilisers. (Because) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Having spent the whole day cleaning up my room, I needed to take a shower and have a rest. (Because) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Having finished all my homework, I watched my favourite film on TV. (After) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Having watched the documentary about wildlife, I made a donation to an environmental society. (After) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Having read the stories about people who reduced their carbon footprint, we started to change our daily consumption habits. (After) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Having eaten my evening meal, I decided to go for a walk. (After) ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Having managed water resources irresponsibly, the authorities had to deal with water shortages in the region. (Since) ______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Unit 7. FURTHER EDUCATION PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY abroad
/əˈbrɔːd/
(adv) ở nước ngoài
academic học
/ˌækəˈdemɪk/
(adj)
thuộc về hoặc liên quan đến giáo dục, việc học tập, mang tính thuật
accommodation /əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃn/
(n)
tiện nghi ăn ở, chỗ ăn ở
achieve
/əˈtʃiːv/
(v)
đạt được
admission
/ədˈmɪʃn/
(n)
sự vào hoặc được nhận vào một trường học
analytical
/ˌænəˈlɪtɪkl/
(adj)
(thuộc) phân tích
baccalaureate /ˌbækəˈlɔːriət/
(n)
kì thi tú tài
bachelor
/ˈbætʃələ(r)/
(n)
người có bằng cử nhân
broaden
/ˈbrɔːdn/
(n)
mở rộng, nới rộng
campus
/ˈkæmpəs/
(n)
khu trường sở, sân bãi (của các trường trung học, đại học)
collaboration /kəˌlæbəˈreɪʃn/
(n)
cộng tác
college
/ˈkɒlɪdʒ/
(n)
trường cao đẳng hoặc trường chuyên nghiệp
consult
/kənˈsʌlt/
(v)
hỏi ý kiến, tra cứu, tham khảo
coordinator
/kəʊˈɔːdɪneɪtə(r)/
(n)
người điều phối, điều phối viên
course
/kɔːs/
(n)
khóa học, chương trình học
critical
/ˈkrɪtɪkl/
(adj)
thuộc bình phẩm, phê bình
CV của
/ˌsiːˈviː/
(n)
viết tắt của curriculum vitae, bản tóm tắt quá trình hoạt động một người (thường nộp theo đơn xin việc); bản lí lịch
dean
/diːn/
(n)
chủ nhiệm khoa (một trường đại học)
degree
/dɪˈɡriː/
(n)
học vị, bằng cấp
diploma
/dɪˈpləʊmə/
(n)
bằng cấp, văn bằng
doctorate
/ˈdɒktərət/
(n)
học vị tiến sĩ
eligible
/ˈelɪdʒəbl/
(adj)
đủ tư cách, thích hợp
enrol
/ɪnˈrəʊl/
(v)
ghi danh
enter
/ˈentə(r)/
(v)
gia nhập, theo học một trường
faculty
/ˈfæklti/
(n)
khoa (của một trường đại học)
institution
/ˌɪnstɪˈtjuːʃn/
(n)
viện, trường đại học
internship
/ˈɪntɜːnʃɪp/
(n)
giai đoạn thực tập
kindergarten /ˈkɪndəɡɑːtn/
(n)
trường mẫu giáo ( cho trẻ 4 - 6 tuổi)
major
/ˈmeɪdʒə(r)/
(n)
môn học chính của sinh viên, chuyên ngành
mandatory
/ˈmændətəri/
(a)
có tính bắt buộc
Master
/ˈmɑːstə(r)/
(n)
thạc sĩ
passion
/ˈpæʃn/
(n)
sự say mê, niềm say mê
potential
/pəˈtenʃl/
(n)
khả năng, tiềm lực
profession
/prəˈfeʃn/
(n)
nghề, nghề nghiệp
pursue
/pəˈsjuː/
(v)
đeo đuổi
qualification /ˌkwɒlɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/
(n)
văn bằng, học vị, chứng chỉ
scholarship
/ˈskɒləʃɪp/
(n)
học bổng
skill
/skɪl/
(n)
kĩ năng
talent
/ˈtælənt/
(n)
tài năng, năng lực, nhân tài
training
/ˈtreɪnɪŋ/
(n)
rèn luyện, đào tạo
transcript
/ˈtrænskrɪpt/
(n)
học bạ, phiếu điểm
tuition
/tjuˈɪʃn/
(n)
tiền học, học phí
tutor
/ˈtjuːtə(r)/
(n)
thầy giáo dạy kèm
undergraduate /ˌʌndəˈɡrædʒuət/
(n)
sinh viên đang học đại học hoặc cao đẳng, chưa tốt nghiệp
university
/ˌjuːnɪˈvɜːsəti/
(n)
trường đại học
vocational
/vəʊˈkeɪʃənl/
(adj)
thuộc về hoặc liên quan đến học nghề, hướng nghiệp
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW 1. PRESENT PERFECT (Hiện tại hoàn thành) a. Form (Cấu trúc): (+) S + have/ has + Vp2/ ed + O (-) S + have/ has + not + Vp2/ ed + O (?) Have/ has (not) + S + Vp2/ ed + O? b. Uses (Cách sử dụng) - Diễn tả 1 sự việc vừa mới xảy ra. Ex: I have just finished the financial report. (Tôi vừa hoàn thành xong bản báo cáo tài chính.)
- Diễn tả 1 sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ nhưng còn liên quan đến hiện tại. Ex: My husband has worked for this company for 2 years. (Chồng tôi đã làm cho công ty này được 2 năm - Nghĩa là: cách đây 2 năm đã bắt đầu làm, hiện tại vẫn có thể đang làm cho công ty này hoặc không) - Diễn tả 1 sự việc đã xảy ra ở một thời điểm không xác định trong quá khứ. Ex: She has been in China for a long time. (Đã có một thời gian dài cô ấy ở Trung Quốc.) - Nhấn mạnh đến trải nghiệm bản thân (the first/second/third/last… time), nhấn mạnh kết quả: Ex:
+ I have seen that film three times. (Tôi đã từng xem bộ phim này 3 lần) + This is the first time that he has been in the USA. (Đây là lần đầu tiên anh ấy đến Mỹ)
c. Advs (Trạng ngữ nhận biết) - just, recently, lately: gần đây, vừa mới - before : trước đây - already: rồi - ever: từng - never: không bao giờ, chưa bao giờ - yet: chưa - since: kể từ khi - for: khoảng - so far = until now = up to now = up to the present: cho đến bây giờ d. Một số lưu ý đối với thì hiện tại hoàn thành - Phân biệt “Since” và “For”:
Ex:
since
+
mốc thời gian
for
+
khoảng thời gian
- I've known Anna since October. - I've known Anna for two months.
- Phân biệt “yet” và “already”:
Ex:
yet
: dùng trong câu phủ định và câu nghi vấn
already
: dùng trong câu khẳng định
- He hasn't come yet. - I've already posted the letters.
- Thường dùng “ever”, “never” với Hiện tại hoàn thành: Ex:
- He has never been there. - Have you ever eaten snake meat?
- Phân biệt “Have/ has been” khác với “have/ has gone”: Ex:
(a) Mr. Smith is not here at the moment. He has gone to a meeting in London. (b) Amada has been to the travel agent. She has your tickets for Hong Kong. Trong 2 ví dụ trên, ví dụ (a) có thể hiểu là Mr. Smith vẫn đang ở buổi họp trong khi đó ở ví dụ (b) Amada đã đi đến đó và trở về rồi.
- Một số lưu ý khác: Trong các mệnh để diễn tả sự so sánh hơn nhất, số thứ tự, sự duy nhất hay số lần thực hiện hành động → Động từ chia ở Hiện tại hoàn thành. Ex:
- This is the most interesting story I have heard. - This is the only foreigner I have ever known. (1) It's the first / second / ... time + HTHT (2) This is the first / second ... time + HTHT
Ex:
- It's the first time I have driven a car. - This is the first time she has lived in New York. Its + khoảng thời gian + since + sb last did sth: Đó là khoảng thời gian kể từ khi ai đó làm gì.
Ex:
I haven't seen her for 3 days. → It's 3 days since I last saw her.
2. PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS (Hiện tại hoàn thành tiếp diễn) a. Form (Cấu trúc) (+) S + have/ has + been + Ving (-) S + have/ has + not + been + Ving (?) Have/ Has (not) + S + been + Ving? b. Uses (Cách sử dụng): Diễn tả sự việc đã xảy ra trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục xảy ra trong tương lai. (Nhấn mạnh tính liên tục của hành động) Ex:
I have been teaching English since I was a second-year student. (Tôi đã dạy tiếng Anh kể từ khi tôi là sinh viên năm thứ 2, đã bắt đầu dạy trong quá khứ, hiện tại
vẫn đang tiếp tục dạy và có thể trong tương lai vẫn dạy) c. Advs (Trạng ngữ nhận biết) - For + time + now, và giống các trạng ngữ của thì hiện tại hoàn thành (Thường sẽ có 1 vế giải thích ở hiện tại tiếp diễn) PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS
I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. ago
B. across
C. about
D. adult
2. A. language
B. article
C. partly
D. hardly
3. A. but
B. cut
C. sun
D. put
4. A. lake
B. plane
C. plan
D. state
5. A. lecture
B. medium
C. inventor
D. president
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. definition
B. politician
C. situation
D. production
2. A. image
B. purchase
C. mislead
D. deadline
3. A. extinction
B. endangered
C. business
D. intention
4. A. cattle
B. country
C. canal
D. cover
5. A. copy
B. remove
C. notice
D. cancel
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Put the verbs in the present perfect or the present perfect continuous tense. 1. I (try) _____________________ to learn French for years, but I (not succeed) _____________________ yet. 2. She (read) ____________________ all the works of Dickens. How many (you read) ___________________? 3. I (wait) ____________________ here nearly half an hour for my girlfriend; do you think she (forget) ____________________ to come? 4. Mary (rest) ____________________ in the garden all day because she (be) _____________________ ill. 5. Although John (study) ____________________ at the University for 5 years, he (not get) ________________ ____________________ his degree yet. 6. Jack (go) ____________________ to Switzerland for a holiday. He (never, be) ___________________ there. 7. We (live) ____________________ here for the last six months, and (just, decide) ____________________ to move. 8. That book (lie) ____________________ on the table for weeks. You (not read) ______________________ it yet?
9. He (not be) _____________________ here since Christmas; I wonder where he (live) ___________________ since then. 10. He (lose) __________________________ his books. He (look) ____________________ for them all afternoon, but they (not turn up) ____________________ yet. 11. She (work) ____________________ so hard this week that she (not have) ____________________ time to go to the cinema. 12. Your hair is wet. (You swim) ____________________ for a long time? 13. Bill is still a bad driver although he (drive) ____________________ cars for six years. 14. You look very tired. (You work) ____________________ very hard ? 15. The phone (ring) _____________________ for 2 minutes, but I (not answer) ____________________ it yet. II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. 1. Academic courses should teach practical skills __________________________ addition to critical thinking. 2. When a student enters a college or university, he/she has to choose a main subject ______________________ study, which is called major. 3. Specialized vocational courses such __________________________ design and cooking are very popular. 4. Students _________________________ bachelor's degrees can pursue postgraduate education to get master's or doctoral degrees. 5. It's difficult __________________________ find a place to park in the city centre. 6. Although Kevin did not have any academic qualifications, he had a lot _______________________ practical experience. 7. We have just attended a seminar __________________________ further education. 8. Students can choose to pursue further education which is generally divided ___________________________ higher education and vocational education and training. 9. I started the course two weeks ago, but I have already passed most __________________________ the tests. 10. The academic year has just started and I have been living __________________________ the halls of residence so far. III. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences. 1. Prof. Wilson has given / has been giving the same seminar to students for the last 12 years. 2. She has never understood / has never been understanding why so many young people want to study abroad.
3. Nam has studied / has been studying English for two years. 4. He has attended / has been attending online vocational courses twice. 5. Have you applied / Have you applying for the scholarship to study in Singapore? 6. We have waited / have been waiting for the university's reply about entry requirements for the whole week. We hope to receive it soon. 7. The British Council has used / has been using IELTS as an international standardised test of English for non-native English language speakers for a long time. 8. The university has built / has been building a new campus since May. 9. We have read / have been reading three books on vocational training to complete this project. 10. They have read / have been reading a report on a further education since last Monday. I will finish it this Sunday. 11. Mary has stayed / has been staying at a homestay for three weeks during her undergraduate programme. 12. I have applied / have been applying for a vocational scholarship three times. IV. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. Can you explain what types of _______________________ are available for international students? (FUND) 2. Are _________________________ students allowed to work part-time? (NATIONAL) 3. I'd like to consult you about the __________________________ differences (that) I should be aware of. (CULTURE) 4. What __________________________ me most is the high cost of living in London as an international student. (WORRY) 5. One of the reasons for Vietnamese students' studying abroad is the quality of the _______________________ programmes in higher education. (ACADEMY) 6. Most of these students are interested in pursuing ___________________________ studies for bachelor's degrees. (GRADUATE) 7. Some students decide to study in the United States or the United Kingdom to improve their language __________________________, which can help them to get a better job. SKILLFUL 8. Some universities in the United States offer different _________________________ to international students to help to cover tuition fees and living costs. (SCHOOL) 9. The higher education __________________________ gained at UK universities and colleges are recognised worldwide. (QUALIFY)
10. Universities must better prepare students for their __________________________ careers. (PROFESSION) V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. We ____ him since he ____ married. A. didn't see/got
B. haven't seen/got
C. don't/get
D. hadn't seen/got
B. didn't receive
C. haven't received
D. hadn't received
2. I ____ the money yet. A. not received
3. Today is Thursday and she ____ late twice this week. She ____ late yesterday and on Monday. A. is/was
B. has been/is
C. has been/was
D. has been/had been
C. haven't decided
D. hadn't decided
4. We ____ what to do with the money yet. A. not decide
B. didn't decide
5. My father ____ as a teacher for almost thirty years. A. works
B. is working
C. worked
D. has been working
6. He ____ to New York at least three times this year. A. had been going B. was going
C. has been going
D. is going
7. They ____ to know each other for more than ten years. A. get
B. got
C. have got
B. washed
C. has washed
D. had got
8. She ____ dishes already. A. was washing
D. has been washing
9. I ____ you for ages. A. haven't been meeting
B. didn't meet
C. wasn't meeting
D. haven't met
10. Tom is still watching television. He ____ television all day. A. has been watching
B. was watching
C. has watched
D. watched
11. A Bachelor's degree is a three-year or four-year course you take in undergraduate higher education after you ____ further education. A. has finished
B. had been finishing
C. have finished
D. have been finishing
12. At most institutions in the UK, the ____ starts in September or October and runs until June or July. A. leap year
B. gap year
C. new year
D. academic year
13. That university ____ the Advanced Programme with the aim to enrol around 500 international students for a decade. A. has been implementing
B. will be implementing
C. have implemented
D. will implement
14. Further and higher education colleges offer courses and qualification wide range of vocational and academic subjects at many ____. A. levels
B. positions
C. standards
D. qualities
15. Depending on your nationality, you may be ____ for a loan or financial support from the UK government. A. keen
B. eligible
C. legal
D. capable
16. The UK offers a wide range of work-based ____ for students seeking to build careers in specific industries. A. exercising
B. practicing
C. learning
D. training
17. University ____ in Vietnam can decide their own criteria for enrolling international students. A. bosses
B. leaders
C. principals
D. rectors
18. A Bachelor's degree is also known as the ____ university degree or an undergraduate degree. A. main
B. ordinary
C. first
D. major
19. The teachers at Edinburgh College encourage students to ____ with others, experiment with arts and find their own ideas. A. solve
B. collaborate
C. support
D. improve
20. With thousands of UK further education courses on offer, you can choose a course that ____ your goals and interests. A. watches
B. appoints
C. fixes
D. matches
C. READING I. Fill the blank with a suitable word. In the USA, further education generally refers to education undertaken by adults of all ages after leaving full-time study. It doesn't include degree courses (1) ____________ at college or university directly after leaving high school, which come under (2) ____________ education. Further education includes everything from basic reading and writing skills for the illiterate to fulltime professional and doctorate degrees at university. On many university (3) ______________, more students are enrolled in further education courses than in (4) ____________ degree programmes. Often adult education students don't need to be high school or degree graduates or take any tests or interviews, and they're generally (5) ____________ on a first-come, first served basis. A high school diploma is (6) ____________ for some courses, although General Educational Development (GED) tests allow students to (7) _____________ a high school equivalency diploma. Adult education courses may be full-time or part-time and are provided by two and four-year colleges, universities, community colleges, (8) ____________ schools, and elementary and high schools. Courses are also provided by private community organizations, government (9) ____________, and job
training centres. More and more adult education programmes are becoming (10) ____________ on the Internet, including courses which offer university or continuing education credits for completion. II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. leading
straight
long
fields
education
higher
offers
persuade
skilled
qualifications
Further education in Britain means (1) ___________________ after GCSE exams taken around the age of 16. It includes courses of study (2) ___________________ to A-levels which students do at their school or college. Some students go (3) ___________________ to a college of further education which (4) ____________ a wide range of full or part-time courses. Further education also includes training for professional (5) ___________________ in nursing, accountancy, and management and in (6) ___________________ such as arts and music. The term (7) ___________________ education is used to refer to degree courses at universities. The British government is keen on (8) _____________________ more young people to remain in education as (9) ___________________ as possible in order to build up a more highly (10) ________________, better educated workforce. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank in the following passage. British further education qualifications are respected by employers and (1) ____ worldwide. There are two main types: academic courses, and vocational and professional courses. Academic courses help you (2) ____ for higher education at a university or college. They aim to develop your analytical skills, critical thinking and knowledge. (3) ____ and professional courses give you the skills and qualification you need to enter and succeed in your chosen career. They offer technical (4) ____ and skills for the workplace. British (5) ____ education providers invest heavily in facilities - from libraries, computer centres and science laboratories to sports centres, theatres and arts studios. Class sizes are (6) ____ to ensure that you have access to equipment and enough time to talk to your tutors and lectures. British qualifications are a great boost to your CV and to your earnings. Employers are increasingly looking for (7) ____ with multicultural experience. Moreover, British colleges and universities have strong links with industry - many courses are designed in partnership with, and taught by, industry professional. Many include the option of a year in industry or a work placement, giving you real professional (8) ____. English is widely regarded as the language of business. Studying in the UK helps you learn language quickly, through your studies, friends and everyday life. If you need any additional support, (9) ____ are lots of English language classes across the UK. The UK is a truly multicultural society, with a wonderful mix of people from many different backgrounds. As a student, you'll get to know people from all over the world and be inspired by many
cultures. Many colleges have international offices and advisers to ensure you feel welcome and are supported (10) ____ your time in British further education. 1. A. academics
B. academy
C. academical
D. academically
2. A. get
B. prepare
C. make
D. support
3. A. Occasional
B. Vocational
C. Optional
D. Various
4. A. growing
B. changing
C. adding
D. training
5. A. further
B. each
C. both
D. every
6. A. bored
B. restricted
C. expensive
D. attracted
7. A. joins
B. enters
C. arrives
D. graduates
8. A. experiment
B. factor
C. experience
D. problem
9. A. there
B. that
C. which
D. they
10. A. in
B. over
C. throughout
D. cross
IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer. It's called 42 - the name taken from the answer to the meaning of life, from the science fiction series The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy. 42 was founded by French technology billionaire Xavier Niel, whose backing means there are no tuition fees and accommodation is free. Mr Niel and his co-founders come from the world of technology and start-ups, and they are trying to do to education what Facebook did to communication and Airbus to accommodation. Students at 42 are given a choice of projects that they might be set in a job as a software engineer perhaps to design a website or a computer game. They complete a project using resources freely available on the Internet and by seeking help from their fellow students, who work alongside them in a large open-plan room full of computers. Another student will then be randomly assigned to mark their work. The founders claim this method of learning makes up for shortcomings in the traditional education system, which they say encourages students to be passive recipients of knowledge. “Peer-to-peer learning develops students with the confidence to search for solutions by themselves, often in quite creative and ingenious ways." Like in computer games, the students are asked to design and they go up a level by completing a project. They graduate when they reach level 21, which usually takes three to five years. And at the end, there is a certificate but no formal degree. Recent graduates are now working at companies including IBM, Amazon, and Tesla, as well as starting their own firms. "The feedback we have had from employers is that our graduates are more apt to go off and find out information for themselves, rather than asking their supervisors what to do next," says Brittany Bir, chief operating officer of 42 in California and a graduate of its sister school in Paris. Ms Bir says 42's graduates
will be better able to work with others and discuss and defend their ideas - an important skill in the "real world” of work. “This is particularly important in computer programming, where individuals are notorious for lacking certain human skills," she says. But could 42's model of teacherless learning work in mainstream universities? Brittany Bir admits 42's methods do not suit all students. "It suits individuals who are very disciplined and self-motivated, and who are not scared by having the freedom to work at their own pace," she says. Question 1: According to the passage, 42 is ____. A. a kind of school
B. a type of accommodation
C. an innovation in technology
D. a tool of virtual communication
Question 2: The word "them" in paragraph 2 refers to ____. A. students at 42
B. projects
C. resources
D. software engineers
Question 3: The author mentions “to design a website or a computer game” in paragraph 2 to illustrate ____. A. a job that a French software engineer always does B. a choice of assignment that students at 42 have to complete C. a free resource available on the Internet D. a help that students at 42 get for their work Question 4: What do 42's graduates receive on completion of their course? A. a certificate
B. a degree
C. a project
D. a design
Question 5: Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A. The founders of 42 share the idea of providing free service on Facebook. B. It normally takes 42's students at least five years to complete their course. C. The students of 42 are required to play computer games during their course. D. 42's peer-to-peer approach promotes active learning and working. Question 6: According to Ms Bir, 42's graduates will be able to improve ____. A. the skills of giving feedback
B. the skills of searching for information
C. the skills of teamwork and debating
D. the skills of software programming
Question 7: The word "notorious" in paragraph 5 can be best replaced by ____. A. respectable
B. incompetent
C. infamous
D. memorable
Question 8: It can be inferred from the passage that ____. A. 42 is a good choice for people of all ages and nationalities B. all 42's graduates are employed by world leading technology companies C. 42's students have to handle the task assigned without any assistance
D. 42 adopts project-based and problem-solving learning methods D. WRITING I. Rewrite the sentences, using the present perfect or the present perfect continuous. 1. I started discussing my research proposal with my professor at the beginning of my course. We're still discussing it. → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 2. Nam's still studying English. He started studying it two years ago. (for) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 3. I started learning how to play the piano eight months ago. I'm still learning it. → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 4. He attended two online vocational courses: one in 2012 and the other in 2013. (twice) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 5. They visited this college in 2009, 2012 and 2014. (three times) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 6. The British Council established IELTS a long time ago. It still uses this test as an international standardised test of English for non- native English language speakers. (for) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 7. She started her research project last month. She's still doing it.
→ ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 8. The university started building a new campus in May. They are still building it. (since) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 9. The graduate students started arriving at four o'clock. They are all in the lecture hall. → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ 10. Mary is staying at a homestay during her undergraduate programme. The programme began three weeks ago. (for) → ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ ______________________________________________________________________________________ _ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. business
B. bustle
C. hundred
D. number
2. A. modern
B. mother
C. opera
D. hobby
3. A. function
B. assimilation
C. question
D. communication
4. A. thousand
B. Thailand
C. theatre
D. think
5. A. French
B. school
C. mechanic
D. chemistry
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. extinction
B. furniture
C. applicant
D. wilderness
2. A. bamboo
B. offer
C. student
D. minute
3. A. facility
B. minority
C. necessary
D. priority
4. A. apply
B. differ
C. decide
D. protect
5. A. charity
B. accurate
C. erosion
D. dangerous
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences.
1. I'm very hungry. I ____ all day. A. didn't eat
B. haven't ate
C. haven't eaten
D. have been eating
2. Their new kitchen looks fantastic. They ____ completely ____ it. A. have /been redecorating
B. have/redecorated
C. already /redecorated
D. didn't/redecorated
3. Our kitchen's a mess. We ____ any cleaning for weeks. A. didn't do
B. haven't been doing
C. have done
D. haven't done
4. I think they are dating. They ____ each other a lot recently. A. had seen
B. haven't been seeing
C. have been seeing
D. have seen
5. We've discovered in this great café and we ____ there a lot. A. have been going
B. have gone
C. are going
D. have went
6. How's your Mum? I ____ her for ages. A. had seen
B. haven't seen
C. haven't been seeing
D. didn't see
7. You're covered in paint! What ____ you ____? A. have / done
B. were / doing
C. did / do
D. have / been doing
8. She's gone to the doctor's. She ____ well lately. A. hasn't felt
B. hasn't been feeling
C. has felt
D. doesn't feel
9. I ____ for ages now. A. have waited
B. waited
C. was waiting
D. have been waiting
10. I have to write an essay. I ____ about half of it so far. A. have written
B. have been writing
C. wrote
D. have to write
11. As well as studying on ____ in the UK, you can also choose to study outside the UK - for example by distance learning. A. department
B. dormitory
C. campus
D. accommodation
12. You can choose to study online or on ____, in the UK or even at an overseas site. A. the move
B. campus
C. the ground
D. board
13. IB students can select subjects so that they specialise in a particular academic field, but mathematics, native language and theory of knowledge are ____ subjects. A. compulsory
B. certain
C. optional
D. elective
14. In England, most students in further education are adults ____ on part time programmes. A. joined
B. joining
C. enrolled
D. enrolling
15. In some institutions, A-levels can also be awarded in combination with other ____, such as International Baccalaureate certificates.
A. courses
B. levels
C. examinations
D. qualifications
16. Vietnam National University - Ho Chi Minh City ____ around 30 undergraduate courses in English since 2000. A. have been setting up
B. have been set up
C. has set up
D. has been setting up
17. The International Baccalaureate is also now offered by more schools in the UK as a(n) ____ to Alevels. A. alternative
B. option
C. choice
D. substitution
18. Vietnam National University - Ha Noi, the country's largest ___ , has been carrying out a similar project since 2008, setting up six undergraduate, three masters and a PhD programme taught in English. A. school
B. faculty
C. institute
D. institution
19. Further education courses are usually described as either ____ or vocational. A. major
B. partial
C. academic
D. practical
20. Academic ____ are official copies of your academic work. A. transcripts
B. reminds
C. accounts
D. statements
IV. Find and correct the mistakes. 1. How long has you been living here? 2. I has been living here for 2 years. 3. Have they working in this company since 1990? 4. She has been cried all day long. 5. I have waiting for my turn for 20 minutes. 6. She have been cleaning her house for 4 hours. 7. I'm tired because I worked very hard. 8. He has write his letter all the morning. 9. Jane is getting fatter because she has eating too much. 10. My mother has peeling potatoes all the morning. V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. Like any other universities, the Open University can give you a degree. However, you don't have to (1) _______________ working to study. It can also open up a whole variety (2) _______________ interest. If you have (3) _______________ studied before, you will enjoy the special, new pleasure of (4) _______________ your knowledge. You will make friends of (5) _______________ kinds. You may also (6) _________________ that your qualification provides new career opportunities.
You don't actually (7) ________________ to the Open University for lectures, but study at home, using television, radio and computer software. You can (8) _______________ one class a month if you wish at an Open University centre. Of course, there are exams to take, as in (9) _______________ university. If you (10) _______________ like to know more, all you have to do is complete the form below. It could be the start of a wonderful new period in your life. VI. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. professional
instructions
separation
distant
subject
individual
systems
courses
Distant education is a rapidly developing approach to (1) __________________ throughout the business. The approach has been widely used by business, industrial, and medical organizations. For many years, doctors, veterinarians, pharmacists, engineers, and lawyers have used it to continue their (2) _________________ education. Recently, academic instructions have been using (3) __________________ education to reach a more diverse and geographically disperse audience not accessible through traditional classroom instructions. The distinguishing characteristics of distant education is the (4) ________________ of the instructor and students during the learning process. The communication of the (5) ________________ matter is primarily to individuals rather than groups. As a consequence, the course content must be delivered by instructional media. The media may be primarily printed, as in the case of traditional correspondence course. Audiocassettes, videotapes, videodiscs, computer-based instructions, and interactive video (6) _________________ can be sent to (7) ________________ students. In addition, radio, broadcast television, telelectures, and teleconferences are utilized for "live" distant education. The latter two delivery (8) ________________ allow for interactive instructions between the instructor and students. VII. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. If you (1) ____ to go to a university, you usually apply during your last year at school, when you are 17-18. You can apply to (2) ____ at any university in Britain and most people choose a university that is not in their own town. So, university students usually live away from home. Students get a grant from the government to study. At the beginning of your last year at school, you (3) ____ an application form. On this form you choose up to five universities that you would like to go to. The form is sent to those universities with (4) ____ from your school about your academic (5) ____. If the universities are interested in your application, they will offer you a place. Any offer, however, is only conditional at this stage. Applications and interviews take (6) ____ several months before students do their A-level examinations. These are the exams that you do at the end of
your time at school. So, when a university makes an (7) ____, it will tell you the minimum grades that you will have to get when you do your A-level exams. If you don't obtain those grades, then, you will not be able to (8) ____ the place. It will be offered to someone else and you must apply (9) ____ to another university. You don't have to accept your place immediately. Some students don't want to straight from school to university. (10) ____, after they have taken their A-level, they take a year out to work or travel. 1. A. want
B. make
C. perform
D. participate
2. A. lead
B. link
C. study
D. lock
3. A. reply
B. ban
C. receive
D. forward
4. A. problem
B. information
C. support
D. present
5. A. degree
B. diploma
C. certificate
D. record
6. A. out
B. place
C. in
D. after
7. A. attempt
B. offer
C. secondary
D. main
8. A. get
B. make
C. remind
D. inquire
9. A. soon
B. again
C. against
D. much
10. A. So
B. But
C. Because
D. Then
VIII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow. The system of higher education had its origin in Europe in the Middle Ages, when the first universities were established. In modern times, the nature of higher education around the world, to some extent, has been determined by the models of influential countries such as France and Germany. Both France and Germany have systems of higher education that are basically administered by state agencies. Entrance requirements for students are also similar in both countries. In France, an examination called the baccalauréat is given at the end of secondary education. Higher education in France is free and open to all students who have passed this baccalauréat. Success in this examination allows students to continue their higher education for another three or four years until they have attained the first university degree called a licence in France. Basic differences, however, distinguish these two countries' systems. French educational districts, called académies, are under the direction of a rector, an appointee of the national government who is also in charge of universities in each district. The uniformity in curriculum throughout the country leaves each university with little to distinguish itself. Hence, many students prefer to go to Paris, where there are better accommodations and more cultural amenities for them. Another difference is the existence in France of prestigious higher educational institutions known as grandes écoles, which provide advanced professional and technical training. Most of these schools are not affiliated with the universities, although they too recruit their students by giving competitive examinations to candidates. The grandes écoles provide
rigorous training in all branches of applied science and technology, and their diplomas have a somewhat higher standing than the ordinary licence. In Germany, the regional universities have autonomy in determining their curriculum under the direction of rectors elected from within. Students in Germany change universities according to their interests and the strengths of each university. In fact, it is a custom for students to attend two, three, or even four different universities in the course of their undergraduate studies, and the majority of professors at a particular university may have taught in four or five others. This high degree mobility means that schemes of study and examination are marked by a freedom and individuality unknown in France. France and Germany have greatly influenced higher education systems 20cd the world. The French, either through colonial influence or the work of missionaries, introduced many aspects of their system in other countries. The German the first to stress the importance of universities as research facilities, and they also created a sense of them as emblems of a national mind. Question 1. What does the passage mainly discuss? A. The nature of education around the world in modern times B. Systems of higher education in France and Germany C. The origin of higher education system in Europe D. The influence of France and Germany on educational systems of other countries Question 2. The word “uniformity” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ____. A. proximity
B. discrepancy
C. similarity
D. uniqueness
Question 3. The word "their" in paragraph 3 refers to ____. A. schools
B. universities
C. examinations
D. branches
Question 4. Which of the following about grandes écoles in France is NOT stated in paragraph 3? A. Most of them have no connection with universities. B. They have a reputation for advanced professional and technical training. C. Their degrees are better recognized than those provided by universities. D. They offer better accommodations and facilities than universities. Question 5. According to the passage, a regional university rector in Germany is elected by ____. A. the staff of the university
B. the national government officials
C. the regional government officials
D. the staff of other universities
Question 6. According to paragraph 4, what makes it possible for students in Germany to attend different universities during their undergraduate studies? A. The university staff have become far more mobile and occupied. B. The university's training programs offer greater flexibility and freedom of choice.
C. University tuition fees are kept at an affordable level for all students. D. Entry requirements to universities in Germany are made less demanding. Question 7. The word “emblems” in the final paragraph is closest in meaning to A. representatives
B. directions
C. structures
D. delegates
Question 8. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage? A. Studying in France and Germany is a good choice for people of all ages and nationalities. B. It normally takes longer to complete a university course in France than in Germany. C. Universities in Germany can govern themselves more effectively than those in France. D. The level of decentralization of higher education is greater in Germany than in France. Unit 8. OUR WORLD HERITAGE SITES PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY abundant
/əˈbʌndənt/
(adj)
dồi dào, nhiều
acknowledge
/əkˈnɒlɪdʒ/
(v)
chấp nhận, công nhận, thừa nhận
archaeological
/ˌɑːkiəˈlɒdʒɪkl/
(adj)
thuộc về khảo cổ học
authentic
/ɔːˈθentɪk/
(adj)
thật, thực
breathtaking
/ˈbreθteɪkɪŋ/
(adj)
đẹp đến ngỡ ngàng
bury
/ˈberi/
(v)
chôn vùi, giấu trong lòng đất
cave
/keɪv/
(n)
hang động
citadel
/ˈsɪtədəl/
(n)
thành trì (để bảo vệ khỏi bị tấn công)
complex
/ˈkɒmpleks/
(n)
quần thể, tổ hợp
comprise
/kəmˈpraɪz/
(v)
bao gồm, gồm
craftsman
/ˈkrɑːftsmən/
(n)
thợ thủ công
cruise
/kruːz/
(n)
chuyến du ngoạn trên biển
cuisine
/kwɪˈziːn/
(n)
cách thức chế biến thức ăn, nấu nướng
decorate
/ˈdekəreɪt/
(v)
trang trí
demolish
/dɪˈmɒlɪʃ/
(v)
đổ sập, đánh sập
distinctive
/dɪˈstɪŋktɪv/
(adj)
nổi bật, rõ rệt, đặc trưng
dome
/dəʊm/
(n)
mái vòm
dynasty
/ˈdɪnəsti/
(n)
triều đại
emerge
/iˈmɜːdʒ/
(v)
trồi lên, nổi lên
emperor
/ˈempərə(r)/
(n)
đế vương, nhà vua
endow
/ɪnˈdaʊ/
(v)
ban tặng
excavation
/ˌekskəˈveɪʃn/
(n)
việc khai quật
expand
/ɪkˈspænd/
(v)
mở rộng
fauna
/ˈfɔːnə/
(n)
hệ động vật
flora
/ˈflɔːrə/
(n)
hệ thực vật
geological
/ˌdʒiːəˈlɒdʒɪkl/
(a)
thuộc về địa chất
grotto
/ˈɡrɒtəʊ/
(n)
hang động
harmonious
/hɑːˈməʊniəs/
(a)
hài hòa
heritage
/ˈherɪtɪdʒ/
(n)
di sản
imperial
/ɪmˈpɪəriəl/
(a)
thuộc về hoàng tộc
in ruins
/ ɪn ˈruːɪn/
(idiom) bị phá hủy, đổ nát
intact irresponsible islet
/ɪnˈtækt/ /ˌɪrɪˈspɒnsəbl/ /ˈaɪlət/
(a) (a) (n)
nguyên vẹn, không bị hư tổn thiếu trách nhiệm, vô trách nhiệm hòn đảo nhỏ
itinerary
/aɪˈtɪnərəri/
(n)
lịch trình cho chuyến đi
landscape
/ˈlændskeɪp/
(n)
phong cảnh ( thiên nhiên)
lantern
/ˈlæntən/
(n)
đèn lồng
limestone
/ˈlaɪmstəʊn/
(n)
đá vôi
magnificent
/mæɡˈnɪfɪsnt/
(a)
tuyệt đẹp
masterpiece
/ˈmɑːstəpiːs/
(n)
kiệt tác
mausoleum
/ˌmɔːsəˈliːəm/
(n)
lăng mộ
mosaic
/məʊˈzeɪɪk/
(adj)
khảm, chạm khảm
mosque
/mɒsk/
(n)
nhà thờ Hồi giáo
outstanding
/aʊtˈstændɪŋ/
(adj)
nổi bật, xuất chúng
picturesque
/ˌpɪktʃəˈresk/
(adj)
đẹp, gây ấn tượng mạnh
poetic
/pəʊˈetɪk/
(adj)
mang tính chất thơ ca
preserve
/prɪˈzɜːv/
(v)
bảo tồn
preservation
/ˌprezəˈveɪʃn/
(n)
việc bảo tồn
relic
/ˈrelɪk/
(n)
cổ vật
respectively
/rɪˈspektɪvli/
(adv) theo thứ tự lắn lượt
royal sanctuary
/ˈrɔɪəl/ /ˈsæŋktʃuəri/
(adj) (n)
thuộc về nhà vua, hoàng gia thánh địa, địa điểm thẩn thánh
scenic
/ˈsiːnɪk/
(adj)
có cảnh quan đẹp
subsequent
/ˈsʌbsɪkwənt/
(adj)
tiếp theo, kế tiếp
tomb
/tuːm/
(n)
lăng mộ
worship
/ˈwɜːʃɪp/
(n)
thờ cúng, tôn thờ
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. PARTICIPLE AND TO - INFINITIVE CLAUSES 1. Chúng ta cũng có thể dùng một quá khứ phân từ để thay thế cho một mệnh để quan hệ mà động từ chia ở thể bị động. Ex:
a.
They live in a house that was built in 1890. → They live in a house built in 1890.
b.
The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting. → The ideas presented in that book are interesting.
c.
The ancient houses which were destroyed by the fire are now under reconstruction. → The ancient houses destroyed by the fire are now under reconstruction.
2. Hiện tại phần từ được dùng khi động từ trong mệnh đề quan hệ ở thì tiếp diễn, hoặc diễn tả một thói quen hay một điều ước. Ex:
a.
The boy who is playing the piano is Ben. → The boy playing the piano is Ben.
b.
We have a house which overlooks the park. → We have a house overlooking the park.
c.
The man who spoke to John is my brother. → The man speaking to John is my brother.
3. Động từ nguyên thể có “to” được sử dụng sau: the first, the second, etc, the next, the last, the only và đôi khi dùng sau cấp so sánh cao nhất như the most famous, the oldest. Ex:
a.
Yuri Gagarin was the first man who flew into space. → Yuri Gagarin was the first man to fly into space.
b.
The last person who leaves the room must turn off the light. → The last person to leave the room must turn off the light. PART 2: EXERCISES
A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. government
B. borrowing
C. program
D. promotion
2. A. possession
B. access
C. property
D. American
3. A. language
B. Wales
C. Australia
D. pronunciation
4. A. print
B. Indian
C. China
D. mingling
5. A. English
B. French
C. American
D. West Africa
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. beautiful
B. terrific
C. wonderful
D. marvelous
2. A. conical
B. different
C. symbolic
D. careful
3. A. cultural
B. mischievous
C. interesting
D. responsible
4. A. finance
B. service
C. order
D. company
5. A. interview
B. agency
C. addition
D. customer
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences. 1. If you buy stolen relics, you will help to create a black market, to lead / leading to further destruction of the heritage site. 2. The final thing to remember / remembering is to admire the corals from a distance and not to break off any pieces to take home as souvenirs. 3. The tour guide taking / to take us to Ha Long Bay can speak three languages. 4. At the end of this corridor there is a gate leading / leaded to the main door of the temple. 5. The Taj Mahal complex, recognized / recognizing as a World Heritage Site in 1983, includes the tomb, the mosque, the guest house, and the main gate. 6. Here are some of the things to avoid / avoiding when visiting a heritage site. 7. Many of the items such as rings, key chains, or souvenirs are made of unusual shells or unique stones illegally removed / to remove from the protected areas. 8. The pagoda damaged / damaging in the storm has now been rebuilt. 9. That man was selling unusual relics illegally removed / removing from the protected area of this heritage site. 10. Visitors should avoid shops to sell / selling unusual relics from the area. II. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. preservation
archaeological
complex
cultural
intact
heritage
relics
excavations
dynasties
attraction
1. A lot of ancient houses in Ho An remain ________________________ even after several hundred years. 2. A lot of _____________________ from ancient times are on display at the national heritage museum. 3. During the different _____________________, the Thang Long Imperial Citadel was expanded. 4. What is special about Hoi An Ancient Town is that it is in a good state of _____________________.
5. The old houses have been pulled down in order to build a modern residential _____________________. 6. These historic buildings are an important part of Hanoi's ______________________ and should be preserved. 7. The archaeological _____________________ that led to the discovery of the ancient city lasted several years. 8. The tour of the cave and grotto system is the main _____________________ for tourists in Phong Nha Ke Bang National Park. 9. At the Central Sector of the Imperial Citadel of Thang Long, visitors can see the _____________________ site at 18 Hoang Dieu street and several famous monuments. 10. In December 1993, UNESCO recognised the Complex of Hue monuments as a World _____________________ Heritage Site - the first site in Vietnam to be added to the World Heritage list. III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. Cuc Phuong National Park is also a(n) ____________________________ zone of fauna. (ABUNDANCE) 2. A number of caves in Huong Son Complex are ________________________ sites belonging to the Hoa Binh Culture dated back to over 10,000 years. (ARCHAEOLOGY) 3. Set in a quiet environment, Hoi An is _______________________ by peaceful villages that have crafts such as carpentry, bronze making, and ceramic. (SURROUNDING) 4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is one of the finest and most _______________________ examples of a complex limestone landform in Southeast Asia. (DISTINCT) 5. The _________________________ work in Con Moong Cave area has been carried out for several years. (EXCAVATE) 6. Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park can be compared to a huge _________________ museum. (GEOLOGY) 7. Last year, we came to the heritage site and beautiful ____________________ of West Yen Tu. (LAND) 8. The Champa Kingdom was vividly _____________________ by the ruins of My Son. (ILLUSTRATE) 9. The basic architectural and landscape features of the Complex of Hue Monuments have been maintained intact since their original _____________________ in the early 19t century. (CONSTRUCT) 10. Yen Tu is a complex of _________________ masterpieces located in a beautiful landscape. (ARCHITECT) IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. The guest on our show is the youngest golfer ____ the Open. A. won
B. to win
C. being won
D. winning
2. I have a message for people ____ by the traffic chaos. A. to delay
B. who delaying
C. delayed
D. who delay
3. The ____ items in Con Moong Cave are now kept in Thanh Hoa Museum for preservation and displaying work. A. excavating
B. excavated
C. excavation
D. excavator
4. The Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the only stone citadel in Southeast Asia ____ of large limestone blocks. A. constructing
B. which constructed
C. to construct
D. to be constructed
5. Emma Thompson is the most famous actress ____ on the stage here. A. appeared
B. appear
C. appearing
D. to appear
6. Have you visited the pagodas ____ on Tran Phu Street in Hoi An. A. to lie
B. lying
C. lain
D. lie
7. The Temple of Preah Vihear in Cambodia is composed of a series of sanctuaries ____ by a system of pavements and starcases over an 800 metre long axis. A. linked
B. linking
C. to link
D. being linked
8. Cat Ba is also rich of cultural festivals and traditions that are highly potential for ____ and development. A. research
B. growth
C. conservation
D. promotion
9. Irresponsible tourists damaged the archaeological site and some of the relics ____ back to the last ruling dynasty. A. to date
B. dating
C. to be dated
D. date
10. The ancient houses ____ by the fire are now under reconstruction. A. to destroy
B. destroying
C. destroyed
D. destroy
11. The boy ____ in the accident was taken to hospital. A. injuring
B. being injured
C. have injured
D. injured
12. Hoi An Ancient Town is preserved in a remarkably ____ state. A. damaged
B. unspoiled
C. intact
D. unharmed
13. Son Doong Cave, ____ in 2009, is believed to contain the world's largest cave passage. A. first explored
B. to explore first
C. exploring first
D. was first explored
C. left
D. whom to leave
14. The captain was the last ____ the sinking ship. A. to leave
B. that leaving
15. Son Doong Cave is the largest cave in the world ____ in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park. A. which discovered B. discovering
C. to discover
D. to be discovered
16. The Thang Long Imperial Citadel was built in the 11th century by the Ly Dynasty, ____ the independence of Dai Viet.
A. marking
B. offering
C. commemorating
D. bringing
17. Melanie was the only person ____ a letter of thanks. A. wrote
B. written
C. to write
D. writing
18. No fluorescent lights, no motorcycles, no television, on the 15th day of each lunar month, the riverside town of Hoi An ____ modern life the night off. A. gives
B. lets
C. brings
D. turns
19. We came to the temple dedicated to King Dinh Tien Hoang, ____ Hoa Lu to build the citadel. A. to choose
B. choosing
C. chosen
D. which chose
C. who waiting
D. waiting
20. Who were those people ____ outside? A. waited
B. to wait
V. Choose the correct word in the box to complete the sentences. attractive
mysterious
combination
preservation
exceptionally
excavation
settlement
harmonious
architectural
geological
1. In 1805, King Gia Long requested the building of a new, smaller citadel called Hanoi Citadel with a new ____________________ style. 2. The Complex of Hue Monuments is a ____________________ of many royal monuments from the Nguyen Dynasty. 3. As for me, the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is one of the most ____________________ destinations in Vietnam because of its value. 4. Due to its special ____________________ constitution, Ba Be Lake has very original and special features. 5. The ____________________ site in Con Moong Cave is also one of archaeological sites that contain the thickest cultural layer Vietnam at present. 6. Cat Ba Archipelago bears the ____________________ natural values with its tropical forests which cover the limestone system and the mangrove wetlands. 7. The Complex of Yen Tu Monuments and Landscape is a vivid illustration of human interaction with the environment and traditional human permanent ____________________. 8. Besides the historical value of geology, Phong Nha - Ke Bang is also favoured with the _________________ and majestic landscapes by nature. 9. Management and ____________________ in Hoi An are further strengthened through master planning and action plans. 10. The architecture of Hoi An is a ____________________ blend of Vietnamese, Chinese and Japanese influences.
C. READING I. Fill in the bank with a suitable word. Hoan Kiem Lake is an attractive body of water right in the (1) ___________ of Ha Noi. Legend has it that in the mid-15th (2) ____________, Heaven gave Emperor Le Thai To (Le Loi) a magical sword which he used to fight (3) ____________ the Chinese, the Ming aggressors, out of Viet Nam. After that one day when he was out (4) ___________ in the lake, a giant (5) ___________ tortoise suddenly grabbed the sword and (6) ___________ into the depths of the lake. Since then, the lake has been known as Hoan Kiem Lake (Lake of the Restored Sword) (7) _____________ it is believed the sword was taken to its original divine owners. The tiny Tortoise Pagoda, topped with a red star, is (8) _____________ a small island in the middle of the lake; it is often used (9) ____________ an emblem of Ha Noi. Every morning around 6 a.m., local residents can be seen around Hoan Kiem Lake (10) ___________ their morning exercise, jogging or playing badminton. II. Fill in the blanks with a suitable word in the box. guardians
sacred
intricate
dilapidated
mainland
chiseled
bridge
archaeologists
MY SON SANCTUARY Hidden away in the tropical forest near the port city of Da Nang and the very popular World Heritage town of Hoi An is the Champa civilization’s (1) ____________________ valley of My Son, or “Beautifal Mountain”. I joined the full day package tour from Hoi An, which was quite very convenient as it included all transportation, ticket fee. lunch and guide. I arrived in My Son around 10 o’clock. After walking for a while, I found the complex of tourist facilities, and one of them is the performance hall. Our guide insisted us keeping going into the forest. Within few minutes, I started to see the complex of ancient Hindu temples made from brick At first, the (2) _______________________ state of the complex was quite shocking, and almost nothing was left to see. I decided to discover the site by myself and I started to be impressed by the amazing quality of brick carving details. The image of Hinduism (3) _________________________ and angels are truly beautiful and reminded me about Angkor in Cambodia. For me, My Son is the great evidence of how Southern Indian art expanded to Southeast Asia since ancient Cham people came from Java where Indian art flourished, and later expand to modern day Vietnam and later Cambodia and Thailand. The construction method of My Son is also very unique: Cham people built a whole block of bricks then burned them to make the whole brick block very solid and strong then (4) ____________________ into the temple. I walked around the complex many times to enjoy its (5) ___________________ motifs until the guide informed that there are more complex to see.
I went to see another complex, this one is located on the hill and recently partial rebuilt by a group of Italian (6) ___________________, and they are planning to rebuild more, which is a very good news for My Son preservation. The rebuilt complex is very lovely and illustrates the original layout very well even though the new brick really contrasts with the old ones. After that, the guide took me back to the bus and back to Hoi An, it was exactly 3 hours inside My Son. Despite the bad state of preservation, I really enjoyed my visit to My Son, the place has exceeded my expectation and even small complex can clearly show its value as a (7) ___________________ of cultural exchange between India - Java and (8) _________________ Southeast Asia. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, Cord that best fits the blank space in the following passage. Recognized as a World Heritage Site in Vietnam, Ha Long Bay attracts thousands of visitors every year, who come to enjoy its magnificent natural (1) ____. However, the bay is also facing a number of threats that may lead to serious damage to the site. Wildlife in Ha Long Bay is being (2) ____ by overfishing as this is the only job to support most of the inhabitants here. As a (3) ____, rare sea creatures may become extinct soon. (4) ____ problem is deforestation of mangrove forests. The mangroves, known as the plants native to Ha Long Bay, provide protection during storms, preserve the shoreline, and act as a natural filter that keeps the sea environment clean and healthy. Numerous wildlife species (5) ____ plants and fish also depend on the mangroves. What is more, some markets in Ha Long Bay sell unusual relics and natural (6) ____, such as coral pieces, sea shells, or unique stones, probably illegally removed from the (7) ____ areas. Many of these items, converted into rings, key chains, and other souvenirs, are purchased by unsuspecting tourists. Buying these items creates a black market (8) ____ to further destruction of Ha Long Bay. As eco-tourists, we can help to protect Ha Long Bay for future generations in several ways. For example, by sailing or fishing with the fishermen, we can share the benefits of tourism with the local (9) ____. This will help them to increase their income and reduce excessive fishing. We can also help local people to learn about the significance of the mangrove forests and help them to replant the mangroves. We should also avoid purchasing unusual souvenirs. As responsible tourists, we can (10) ____ suspected traders or vendors by refusing to buy their illegal goods. 1. A. middle
B. main
C. landscape
D. point
2. A. destruction
B. destroyed
C. destructing
D. destroy
3. A. instant
B. example
C. accident
D. result
4. A. Others
B. Other
C. Another
D. One
5. A. making
B. including
C. getting
D. creating
6. A. objects
B. dangers
C. lost
D. escapes
7. A. protective
B. protection
C. protecting
D. protected
8. A. allowing
B. leading
C. appointing
D. sending
9. A. community
B. people
C. society
D. human
10. A. do
B. discourage
C. compare
D. contrast
IV. Read the passage and choose the best answer. A rather surprising geographical feature of Antarctica is that a huge freshwater lake, one of the world's largest and deepest, lies hidden there under four kilometers of ice. Now known as Lake Vostok, this huge body of water is located under the ice block that comprises Antarctica. The lake is able to exist in its unfrozen state beneath this block of ice because its waters are warmed by geothermal heat from the earth's core. The thick glacier above Lake Vostok actually insulates it from the frigid temperatures on the surface. The lake was first discovered in the 1970s while a research team was conducting an aerial survey of the area. Radio waves from the survey equipment penetrated the ice and revealed a body of water of indeterminate size. It was not until much more recently that data collected by satellite made scientists aware of the tremendous size of the lake; the satellite-borne radar detected an extremely flat region where the ice remains level because it is floating on the water of the lake. The discovery of such a huge freshwater lake trapped under Antarctica is of interest to the scientific community because of the potential that the lake contains ancient microbes that have survived for thousands of years, unaffected by factors such as nuclear fallout and elevated ultraviolet light that have affected organisms in more exposed areas. The downside of the discovery, however, lies in the difficulty of conducting research on the lake in such a harsh climate and in the problems associated with obtaining uncontaminated samples from the lake without actually exposing the lake to contamination. Scientists are looking for possible ways to accomplish this. Question 1: The word "hidden" in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to ____. A. undrinkable
B. untouched
C. unexploitable
D. undiscovered
Question 2: What is true of Lake Vostok? A. It is completely frozen.
B. It is saltwater lake.
C. It is beneath a thick slab of ice.
D. It is heated by the sun.
Question 3: Which of the following is closest in meaning to "frigid" in paragraph 1? A. extremely cold
B. easily broken
C. quite harsh
D. lukewarm
Question 4: All of the following are true about the 1970 survey of Antarctica EXCEPT that it ____. A. was conducted by air
B. made use of radio waves
C. could not determine the lake's exact size
D. was controlled by a satellite
Question 5: It can be inferred from the passage that the ice would not be flat if ____. A. there were no lake underneath
B. the lake were not so big
C. Antarctica were not so cold
D. radio waves were not used
Question 6: The word "microbes" in paragraph 3 could best be replaced by which of the following? A. Pieces of dust
B. Tiny bubbles
C. Tiny organisms
D. Rays of light
Question 7: Lake Vostok is potentially important to scientists because ____. A. can be studied using radio waves B. may contain uncontaminated microbes C. may have elevated levels of ultraviolet light D. has already been contaminated Question 8: The purpose of the passage is to ____. A. explain how Lake Vostok was discovered B. provide satellite data concerning Antarctica C. discuss future plans for Lake Vostok D. present an unexpected aspect of Antarctica's geography D. WRITING I. Rewrite the following sentences using present participle, past participle or to-infinitive. 1. Maxicorp were the only company which replied my letter. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Do you know the man who is talking to my father? ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Applications which were sent after 23rd will not be considered. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. We have a lot of exercises which we have to do tonight. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Studies of her son are the most important thing that she cares about. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. The equipment which belongs to the club is insured. ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. George is the first person that we will interview. ______________________________________________________________________________
8. Meetings which are held every month are called monthly meetings. ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. The most excellent students who were rewarded the scholarship would have a two-week holiday in Vung Tau. ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ 10. The trees which were planted last week are growing well. ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Rewrite the following sentences using present participle, past participle or to-infinitive. 1. The man who is talking to John is from Korea. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. The ideas which are presented in that book are interesting. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Ann is the woman who is responsible for preparing the budget. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. English has an alphabet that consists of 26 letters. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. The books that are on that shelf are mine. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. The children who attend that school receive a good education. ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. The psychologists who study the nature of sleep have made important discoveries. ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. The sunlight which comes through the window wakes me up early every morning. ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. John Quincy Adams, who was born on July 11th 1767, was the sixth president of the United States. ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. These are the ancient houses which were built a long time ago. ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. study
B. business
C. function
D. number
2. A. soft
B. modern
C. communication
D. technology
3. A. love
B. box
C. hobby
D. problem
4. A. gone
B. go
C. hot
D. long
5. A. houses
B. glasses
C. horses
D. studies
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. inaccurate
B. illegal
C. positive
D. domestic
2. A. confident
B. eternal
C. dangerous
D. healthier
3. A. independent
B. academic
C. compulsory
D. unexpected
4. A secondary
B. immediate
C. miraculous
D. domestic
5. A. simple
B. polite
C. formal
D. instant
III. Choose the correct words to complete the sentences. 1. Scholars believe that there are still relics buried under the tomb and awaiting excavation / heritage. 2. Lack of preservation / customer of this heritage building has resulted in damage to its walls. 3. The best part of our trip to the national park was the tour to many ancient / antiques ruins. 4. Phong Nha - Ke Bang has a complex geological / biological structure with different varieties of stone 5. The ruling scholar / dynasty was responsible for reuniting the kingdom. 6. Exploring / Destroying the caves and grottos in Phong Nha - Ke Bang National Park is the most popular activity for visitors 7. This heritage site is famous for its beautiful scenes / scenery. 8. Visiting the Tomb of Khai Dinh, tourists will notice a mix of eastern and western dynasties / architecture. 9. Scientists working on the site found many ancient tools, tombs and pottery, and made some important archaeological / technological discoveries. 10. The tombs are part of our historical heritage / traditions. IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. We noticed a pile of stones ____ in the road. A. left
B. leaving
C. to leave
D. having left
2. The vegetation layers in Cat Ba Archipelago from spectacular and scenic landscapes and make the site become ____ to all Vietnam's typical ecosystems. A. home
B. house
C. scenery
D. basis
3. The monuments of My Son are the most important constructions of the Champa Kingdom, ____ coast of Central Vietnam from the 4th to the 13th centuries. A. to flourish
B. flourished
4. A lorry ____ concrete pipes has overturned.
C. flourishing
D. to be flourished
A. carried
B. being carried
C. carrying
D. to carry
5. Most tourists like buying clothes, lanterns, and other handicraft ____ by local craftmen in Hoi An. C. made A. to make
B. making
C. made
D. make
6. The only thing ____ at the Citadel of the Ho Dynasty is the stone walls. A. to see
B. seeing
C. sees
D. see
7. The Complex of Hue Monuments was the first site in Vietnam ____ as a World Heritage Site by UNESCO. A. to be recognized
B. be recognizing
C. recognizes
D. recognize
8. Located in Hoang Dieu Street, Hau Lau has ____ architecture of the Eastern and Western styles A. abundant
B. authentic
C. mixed
D. complex
9. The limestone in Phong Nha is not continuous, which has led to a particularly ____ shape. A. distinctive
B. similar
C. genuine
D. diverse
10. Near the White House is another famous landmark ____ the Washington Monument. A. is which
B. which call
C. called
D. it is called
11. The distinction of the Khai Dinh Tomb is the unique architecture ____ the art of Rococo and the Vietnamese style. A. combined
B. combining
C. to be combined
D. which combine
12. Although some of the structures are now ____, most of the significant existing monuments have been partially restored. A. in danger
B. at risk
C. in ruins
D. at war
C. to sell
D. sold
13. The food ____ in this supermarket is very good. A. selling
B. which sold
14. My Son Sanctuary is an area ____ with Hindu-like architecture and art. A. covering
B. covered
C. which covered
D. to cover
15. Most houses in Hoi An are of ____ architecture dating from the 17th to the 19th century. A. tradition
B. traditional
C. ancient
D. customary
16. To plant rice, farmers, ____, set young plants in the mud. A. they wade with bare feet in the water
B. who water wading in their bare feet
C. wading in the water with their bare feet
D. whose bare feet wading in the water
17. The nearly 4-hour ____ from Ha Long Bay to Cat Ba Island afforded us visits to well-known caves and beaches. A. travel
B. vacation
C. boating
D. cruise
18. Another thing that I was really impressed with Hoi An is the preservation of the whole town which is very amazing and very ____. A. correct
B. exact
C. authentic
D. original
19. A fine tomb, ____, marks the grave of the poet Chaucer. A. which in the fifteenth century was erecting
B. erected in the fifteenth century
C. erecting in the fifteenth century
D. being erected in the fifteenth century
20. I live in a pleasant room ____ the garden. A. to overlook
B. overlooked
C. overlooking
D. which overlooking
V. Fill in the gap with a suitable word to complete the passage. THE AREA OF OLD CARVED STONES IN SA PA The area of old carved stones in Sa Pa lies mainly in the Muong Hoa Valley, (1) __________________ there are settlements of ethnic minority people in Sa Pa District. Lao Cai Province. Carved stones here have been discovered since a long time (2) _________________. In 1925, a French scholar coming here discovered more than 30 pieces of stone that had been carved with various images, scattered along the Hoa Spring bank. Later, other scientists have come here to (3) ________________ the carved pieces of stone. Until now, researchers have discovered more than 200 (4) ________________ of stone carved with different images, among them are the big ones which have complicated designs. The (5) _________________ common patterns are images of mountains, hills and fields. In one pieces of one, we can find images of houses, following the patter of house on site with the form of bond with curved roof, reminding the image of here on the Dong Son bronze (6) ________________. Particularly, a (7) ________________ of researchers have raised the hypothesis of traces of 3 kinds of writing system, following the pattern of pictorial writing with straight and curved lines. There are writing systems almost (8) ________________ to the writing systems found on amulets of Tay ethnic group and Dao ethnic group, but they are not Tay characters. The discovery of 3 above kinds of writing system on carved pieces of stones makes more complicated the determination of the author of those works. Maybe those authors (9) ________________ to many different ethnic minorities and have achieved their works in different times. There are opinions underlining that those pieces of stone have been carved by the old Viet people. At present, there remain a number of (10) ________________ about the “Father piece” and “Mother piece” of stone related to inhabitants of the areas lying at the mountain foot coming here to find new settlements. However, the problem of determination of the real authors of those works is still to be solved. VI. Choose the word in the box to complete the text.
performs
meeting
nature
skill
attacked
set
sessions
rocky
construction
considering
The citadel of the Ho Dynasty was built according to the Feng Shui principles, (1) _________________ the flowering of neo-Confucianism in the late 14th century in Vietnam and its spread to other (2) ____________ of East Asia. According to these principles, it was located in a landscape of great (3) ________________ beauty on an axis (4) ______________ the Tuong Son and Don Son Mountains in a plain between the Ma and Buoi Rivers. In terms of architectural history, the citadel of the Ho Dynasty (5) ________________ an important role in the planning and building of urban areas in Vietnam. It shows the uniqueness in the (6) _________________ of a citadel in general and a stone citadel in particular, and a breakthrough in Vietnam's tradition of citadel building. Thanks to the unique construction techniques, all the (7) _________________ stone sections are intact and have not been (8) __________________ by time and weather or by recent urban encroachment. The citadel of the Ho Dynasty is an architectural (9) _________________ of the 14th century with impressive architecture of the walls and other parts. The citadel buildings represent an outstanding example of a new (10) ________________ of Southeast Asian imperial city with a combination between the Vietnamese architecture and the unique building techniques of Southeast Asia and Eastern Asia. II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. HOI AN ANCIENT TOWN Arriving in Hoi An around 9 p.m, I was really relieved when I discovered that the (1) ____ town was peacefully quiet, something I am really (2) ____ is that Hoi An at night may become crazy club scenes. In the next morning, I woke up very early, and walked around the town admiring waterfront areas where local fishermen were ready to go out for day fishing, the very lively market and extremely ring and empty streets. (3) ____ there was no tourist, only locals then and the souvenir shops were still close, I felt that Hoi An at that moment was an extremely gorgeous place to visit. The yellowish Chinese styled houses along the street together with decorative bushes of bougainvillea flower are lovely sights and very (4) ____. The layout of houses was claimed to be unique for not strictly complied with Feng Shui but for benefit of better ventilation in tropical region. Another thing that I am really (5) ____ is the preservation of the whole town which is very amazing and very authentic, which is a thing that cannot be found in Melaka, Singapore or Macao. The Japanese Bridge is maybe the only sight that I found very interesting for its stories that the Japanese built this bridge in (6) ____ to calm evil serpent spirit "Namazu" that caused earthquake in very faraway Japan since they believe Hoi An is located on the back of the serpent. I strangely found that there are still many nice temples, (7)
____ the one dedicate to Confucius which has more unique and interesting Vietnamese elements more than the preserved one in the core zone. I also (8) ____ that Hoi An is not only popular with European tourists but also Korean, Japanese, Australian and New Zealander. After sunset, the whole town waterfront becomes a night market with many local foods. And at that time Hoi An is very charming with hundreds of paper and (9) ____ lanterns. Hoi An at night seems to be a very popular place for pre-wedding photo shooting, as I saw many Vietnamese couples in their traditional dresses with their photographer teams everywhere especially around the Japanese Bridge, so a great place to see local contemporary weeding cultures. All in all, I really enjoyed my time in Hoi An for its lovely (10) ____ nice townscape. Note: - bougainvillea flower = hoa giấy - townscape = cảnh quan thành phố 1. A. middle
B. mainly
C. whole
D. major
2. A. neglected
B. concerned
C. noticed
D. protected
3. A. Because
B. As
C. For
D. Since
4. A. photograph
B. photographer
C. photogenic
D. photography
5. A. impressing
B. impressed
C. impressive
D. impression
6. A. order
B. that
C. as
D. other
7. A. specially
B. contrarily
C. partly
D. especially
8. A. destroyed
B. noted
C. wrote
D. ruined
9. A. silk
B. clothes
C. shirts
D. shoes
10. A. weather
B. atmosphere
C. tent
D. villager
VIII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow. The rules of etiquette in American restaurants depend upon a number of factors the physical location of the restaurant, e.g., rural or urban; the type of restaurant, e.g., informal or formal; and certain standards that are more universal. In other words, some standards of etiquette vary significantly while other standards apply almost anywhere. Learning the proper etiquette in a particular type of restaurant in a particular area may sometimes require instruction, but more commonly it simply requires sensitivity and experience. For example, while it is acceptable to read a magazine in a coffee shop, it is inappropriate to do the same in a more luxurious setting. And, if you are eating in a very rustic setting it may be fine to tuck your napkin into your shirt, but if you are in a sophisticated urban restaurant this behavior would demonstrate a lack of manners. It is safe to say, however, that in virtually every restaurant it is unacceptable to indiscriminately throw your food on the floor. The conclusion we can most likely draw from the above is that while the types and locations of restaurants determine etiquette appropriate to them, some rules apply to all restaurants.
Question 1: With what topic is this passage primarily concerned? A. Instruction in proper etiquette
B. Rules of etiquette
C. Variable and universal standards of etiquette
D. The importance of good manners
Question 2: Which of the following words is most similar to the meaning of "rustic"? A. Ancient
B. Urban
C. Unsophisticated
D. Agricultural
Question 3: The author uses the phrase "safe to say" in order to demonstrate that the idea is ____. A. somewhat innocent
B. quite certain
C. very clever
D. possible
Question 4: What does the word "it" in bold and underlined refer to? A. Knowing the type of restaurant
B. Clear instruction
C. Learning the proper etiquette
D. Sensitivity
Question 5: According to the passage, which of the following is a universal rule of etiquette? A. Eating in rustic settings
B. Tucking a napkin in your shirt
C. Reading a magazine at a coffee shop
D. Not throwing food on the floor
Question 6: The word “manners” in bold could best be replaced by which of the following? A. Tact
B. Ceremony
C. Experience
D. Character
Unit 9. CITIES OF THE FUTURE PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY city dweller
/ˈsɪti - ˈdwelə(r)/
(n)
người sống ở đô thị, cư dân thành thị
detect
/dɪˈtekt/
(v)
dò tìm, phát hiện ra
infrastructure
/ˈɪnfrəstrʌktʃə(r)/
(n)
cơ sở hạ tầng
inhabitant
/ɪnˈhæbɪtənt/
(n)
cư dân, người cư trú
liveable
/ˈlɪvəbl/
(adj)
sống được
optimistic
/ˌɒptɪˈmɪstɪk/
(adj)
lạc quan
overcrowded
/ˌəʊvəˈkraʊdɪd/
(adj)
chật ních, đông nghẹt
pessimistic
/ˌpesɪˈmɪstɪk/
(adj)
bi quan
quality of life
/'kwɒləti əv laɪf/
(n)
chất lượng sống
renewable
/rɪˈnjuːəbl/
(adj)
có thể tái tạo lại
sustainable
/səˈsteɪnəbl/
(adj)
không gây hại cho môi trường, có tính bền vững
upgrade
/ˈʌpɡreɪd/
(v)
nâng cấp
urban
/ˈɜːbən/
(adj)
thuộc về đô thị
urban planner
/ˈɜːbən 'plænə(r)/
(n)
người / chuyên gia quy hoạch đô thị
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. BASIC CONDITIONALS 1. Type 0: Câu điều kiện diễn tả thói quen hoặc một sự thật hiển nhiên. a. Habit (Thói quen) If + simple present tense ..., + simple present tense... Ex:
I usually walk to school if I have enough time.
b. Command (Mệnh Lệnh). If + simple present tense ..., + command form of verb + ... Ex:
- If you go to the Post Office, mail this letter for me. - Please call me if you hear anything from Jane.
2. Type 1: FUTURE POSSIBLE (Diễn tả một khả năng có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai). If + S + V (simple present), S + will / shall + V (nguyên thể) Ex:
If I have time, I will go.
3. Type 2: PRESENT UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở hiện tại hoặc tương lai) If + S + V (past subjunctive/ simple past), S + would / could / might + V. Ex:
I don't win a lot of money, so I can't spend most of it travelling round the world. → If I won a lot of money, I could spend most of it travelling round the world.
4. Type 3: PAST UNREAL (Diễn tả tình huống không có thật ở quá khứ) If + S + had + Vp2, S + would / could / might + have + Vp2 Ex:
I didn't tell her any good news because I wasn't here early. → If I had been here earlier, I would have told her some good news.
5. Type 4: Câu điều kiện pha trộn: Form 1: Type 3 và Type 2 If + S + had + Vp2, S + would / could / might + V. Ex:
He isn't a rich man now because he didn't take my advice. → If he had taken my advice, he would be a rich man now.
Form 2: Type 2 và Type 3 If + S + V (past subjunctive simple past), S + would / could / might + have + Vp2 Ex:
If I were him, I wouldn't have got married to her.
II. TAG QUESTIONS
A. Ý NGHĨA CỦA CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI 1. Câu hỏi đuôi là một phần nhỏ được thêm vào sau mỗi lời phát biểu. Chúng ta sử dụng câu hỏi đuôi để xin phép sự đồng ý hoặc kiểm chứng xem thông tin có đúng không. Ex:
There is no milk in the fridge, isn't there?
2. Quy tắc chung: - Lời phát biểu khẳng định + câu hỏi đuôi phủ định - Lời phát biểu phủ định + câu hỏi đuôi khẳng định Ex:
She likes chocolate, doesn't she? He doesn't go to school on weekends, does he?
3. Phần câu hỏi đuôi phủ định thường được viết rút gọn. Chủ ngữ của câu hỏi đuôi luôn luôn là một đại từ. B. SPECIAL TYPES (CÁC DẠNG ĐẶC BIỆT) 1. Phần đuôi của “I am....., aren’t I”. Ex:
I'm going to do it again, aren't I?
2. Imperatives and Requests (Câu mệnh lệnh và câu yêu cầu): + Có phần đuôi là “Won't you?” khi cầu phát biểu diễn tả lời mời Ex:
Take your seat, wont you? (Mời ông ngồi).
+ Có phần đuôi là “will you?” khi cầu phát biểu diễn tả lời yêu cầu hoặc mệnh lệnh phủ định Ex:
Open the door, will you? ( Xin vui lòng mở cửa) Don't be late, will you ? (Đừng đi trễ nha)
3. Phần đuôi của cậu bắt đầu bằng “Lets ..” là “shall we?” Ex: Let's go swimming, shall we? - Nhưng phần đuôi của “Let me, ..... will you” 4. Đại từ bất định: - Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ vật: Nothing, anything, something everything được thay thế bằng “It” ở câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
Everything will be all right, won't it?
- Khi chủ ngữ là Đại từ bất định chỉ người: No one, nobody, anyone, anybody, someone, somebody, everybody, everyone được thay thế bằng “They” trong câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
Someone remembered to leave the messages, didn't they?
Note: Nothing, Nobody, No one được dùng trong mệnh đề chính, động từ câu hỏi đuôi sẽ phải ở dạng khẳng định. (Vì Nothing, Nobody, No one có nghĩa phủ định) Ex:
Nothing gives you more pleasure than listening to music, does it?
5. This/ That được thay thế là “It”. Ex:
This won't take long, will it?
6. These/ Those được thay thế là “They”. Ex:
Those are nice, aren't they?
7. Khi trong câu nói có từ phủ định như: seldom, rarely, hardly, no, without, never, few, little... phần đuôi phải ở dạng khẳng định. Ex: He seldom goes to the movies, does he? 8. Nếu câu phát biểu có dạng: - You’d better → câu hỏi đuối sẽ là: hadn't you? - You’d rather → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: Wouldn’t you? - You used to → câu hỏi đuôi sẽ là: didn’t you? - S + ought to + V, oughtn't + S? 9. Câu đầu là “wish’ thì ta dùng “May” trong câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
I wish to study English, may I?
10. Chủ ngữ là ONE ta dùng “you” hoặc “one”. Ex:
One can be one's master, can't you/one?
11. Câu cảm thán: Lấy danh từ trong câu đổi thành đại từ, [to be] dùng “is, am, are”. Ex:
- What a beautiful dress, isn't it? - What a stupid boy, isn't he? - How intelligent you are, aren't you?
12. Câu đầu có “It seems that + mệnh đề” ta lấy mệnh đề làm câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
It seems that you are right, aren't you?
13. Chủ từ là mệnh đề danh từ: Dùng “it” Ex:
- What you have said is wrong, isn't it? - Why he killed himself seems a secret, doesn't it?
14. Câu đầu có I + các động từ sau: think, believe, suppose, figure, assume, fancy, imagine, reckon, expect, seem, feel + mệnh để phụ: Ta lấy mệnh phụ làm câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
- I think he will come here, won't he? - I don't believe Mary can do it, can she?
Note: - Mệnh đề chính có not thì vẫn tính như ở mệnh để phụ. - Cùng mẫu này nhưng nếu chủ từ không phải là I thì lại dùng mệnh đề đầu làm câu hỏi đuôi. Ex:
She thinks he will come, doesn't she?
PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. book
B. look
C. floor
D. good
2. A. hate
B. mate
C. cake
D. manage
3. A. thank
B. than
C. month
D. youth
4. A. noon
B. good
C. soon
D. food
5. A. chorus
B. cheap
C. child
D. change
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. podium
B. title
C. notice
D. pioneer
2. A. nature
B. marriage
C. value
D. belief
3. A. police
B. spirit
C. banquet
D. culture
4. A. determine
B. maintain
C. sacrifice
D. apologize
5. A. inversion
B. miserable
C. pleasant
D. difficulty
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct forms. 1. If I didn't feel so tired, I (go) _______________________ out with you. 2. If you (not pass) _______________________ the exam, would you take it again? 3. If I (be) _______________________ you, I would apply for the job. 4. I could repair the car if I (have) _______________________ the right tools. 5. If I (study) _______________________ hard, I would have passed the exam. 6. If I (not be) _______________________ busy yesterday, I would have visited you. 7. She (go) _______________________ to the university if she had had the opportunity. 8. Suppose they had offered her a job, do you think she (take) _______________________ it? 9. If she hadn't been ill yesterday, she (go) ________________________ to work now. 10. If I (be) _______________________ you, I wouldn't have told him the truth yesterday. 11. If today were Monday, I (not go) _______________________ to work yesterday. 12. What would happen if you (not go) _______________________ to work tomorrow. 13. If I had gone to your party last night, I (be) _______________________ very tired now. 14. She must apologize to me or I (never speak) _______________________ to her again. 15. If he hadn't stayed up late, he (not finish) _______________________ his task yesterday. II. Add question tags to the following statements.
1. Everyone can learn how to swim, ____________________? 2. Nobody cheated in the exam, ____________________? 3. Nothing went wrong while I was gone, ____________________? 4. I am invited, ____________________? 5. This bridge is not very safe, ____________________? 6. These sausages are delicious, ____________________? 7. You haven't lived here long, ____________________? 8. The weather forecast wasn't very good, ____________________? 9. He'd better come to see me, ____________________? 10. You need to stay longer, ____________________? III. Choose the correct words in the bracket to complete the sentences. innovation
availability
urbanization
detectors
inhabitants
sustainability
developments
investment
creation
optimistic
1. Songdo is unique, offering city ____________________ something they have never had access to before. 2. The city officials are __________________ that the downtown will continue to be a green population center. 3. The information will be collected through the ____________________. 4. Cities need to make full use of land in order to achieve urban ____________________. 5. Some of the other problems predicted for the near future include limited and diminishing arable land, deforestation, ____________________, and degradation of land and water. 6. For South Korea, Songdo is more than a hi-tech business district, but a temple for future ________________. 7. Songdo is the prototype for the green ____________________ the Korean government wants to build the economy on in the future. 8. The pace of ____________________ is happening fast in the United States. 9. I think the cities of tomorrow also need to consider the ____________________ of open space. 10. Cities at their best are social environments where ____________________ and human developments go hand in hand. IV. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. The rapid growth of the population has caused daunting problems for city planners, such as _______________________ roads. (CROWDED)
2. It comes as no surprise that Seattle is the gold standard of ______________________ city living. (SUSTAIN) 3. New York City is expected to increase its __________________ energy capacity by 50% by 2050. (RENEW) 4. Our communities will be ________________________ and more sustainable, so our quality of life will be better. (CLEAN) 5. The government is making plans to _______________________ sensors and cameras in the city centre to detect traffic problems and help drivers to avoid traffic jams. (INSTALLMENT) 6. It's urgent to upgrade the city's transport ________________________ because almost all the roads get flooded after heavy rain. (INFRASTRUCTURAL) 7. We can improve the quality of life of the inhabitants by _______________________ pollution. (REDUCE) 8. City dwellers can enjoy better health care than people living in the _______________________, but they are usually busier and more stressed because of the city's fast pace of life. (COUNTRY) 9. They are building a new waste ________________________ plant to treat wastewater before it is reused or discharged into rivers. (PROCESS) 10. Be _______________________ for overcrowded streets and shopping malls when you visit big cities like Hong Kong and Beijing. (PREPARE) V. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. ____ there are some more ideas, we can end the meeting now. A. Unless
B. If
C. As if
D. In case
2. "It's really raining." - "Yes. If the weather ____, we'll have to camp somewhere else.” A. would get worse
B. might get worse
C. get worse
D. should get worse
3. If anyone ____, ____ him I ____ back at 9 o'clock. A. calls / tell / will be
B. called / telling / would be
C. is calling / tells / am
D. will call / to tell / am
4. If she asks for money, I ____ her. A. will give
B. gave
C. would give
D. would have given
5. If I ____ this exam, I'll go to the university next summer. A. pass
B. to pass
C. had passed
D. passed
6. As we move toward 2050, we are facing the consequences of ____ urbanization and population growth. A. promoting
B. improving
C. moving
D. accelerating
7. Studies reveal that food production will need to increase by 70 percent to ____ the over 9 billion people on Earth. A. give
B. supply
C. provide
D. feed
8. New York has invested substantially in improving the ____ of its waterways in recent years. A. quality
B. quantity
C. level
D. feature
9. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades. A. sustainable
B. harmless
C. continued
D. natural
10. China has already been experimenting with ways to make its cities more ____ for the last two decades. A. sustain
B. sustainable
C. survival
D. available
C. will you
D. shall we
C. isn't that
D. isn't it
C. didn't they
D. did they
C. they can
D. they can't
C. wasn't he
D. isn't he
11. Don't leave anything behind, ____? A. do you
B. don't you
12. That isn't Bill driving, ____? A. is it
B. is that
13. Nobody likes the play, ____? A. do they
B. don't they
14. The children can read English, ____? A. can't they
B. can they
15. Your grandfather was a millionaire, ____? A. was he
B. is he
16. I think the cities of tomorrow also need to consider the availability of open space, ____? A. do I
B. don't I
C. do they
D. don't they
17. We will need new technologies to generate energy and use it in clean and safe ways, only from fully ____ sources. A. replaced
B. controlled
C. renewable
D. endurable
18. Across the globe, nations are preparing for water scarcity, ____? A. are they
B. aren't they
C. will they
D. won't they
19. Copenhagen has been voted the most ____ city in the world several times. A. ecological friendly
B. ecologically soundly
C. eco-friendly
D. friendly ecologically
20. This is your essay on smart cities by 2050, ____? A. is this
B. isn't this
C. is it
D. isn't it
VI. Complete the sentences with the correct question tags. 1. Berlin ties green spaces beautifully into the urban landscape, _______________________?
2. Chicago is dedicated to being a green building leader, _______________________? 3. All new cars sold in the country will be emissions free in less than 35 years, _______________________? 4. Tianjin, the eco-city in China, has focused on ensuring all its structures qualify as green buildings, _______________________? 5. There is lack of the formation necessary for making urban progress, _______________________? 6. The Mayor of London did not believe an electric double decker was technically feasible, _______________? 7. Your life will be organised by a domestic computer, _______________________? 8. The global population is growing towards nine billion by 2050, _______________________? 9. There will be electric, driverless cars, ________________________? 10. Yahoo CEO Marissa Mayer banned telecommuting, _______________________? 11. The start of the 21st century in China and the Arab world was marked by the creation of new, energyconsuming cities, _______________________? 12. By 2050, between 70 and 80 percent of the world's population will live in cities, _____________________? 13. Tomorrow's cities are managed by a computer, _______________________? 14. The global conference provides us with the occasion for looking more closely at several solutions, _______________________? 15. We do not oppose the urban situations as they exist today, _______________________? 16. One billion children are deprived of one or more services essential to survival and development, _______________________? C. READING I. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. Silicon Valley is (1) ____________ to hundreds of technology companies, so it comes as no surprise that San Jose has partnered with technological giant Intel to transform itself (2) ______________ a smart city. San Jose and Intel will work (3) ____________ to further the city's Green Vision initiative - a 15-year plan for economic growth, and improve (4) ____________ of life - which it launched in 2007. Intel expects to help San Jose create 25,000 clean-tech jobs, drive economic growth, and improve the city's environmental (5) _____________. To achieve this (6) ____________ Intel will work with the city to track real-time data on air quality, noise pollution, traffic flow, and other environmental and (7) _____________ concerns which it will then use to encourage (8) _______________ to reduce emissions by using public transportation or bicycles to get to work or school.
Smart cities may sound like something of the distant future (9) ____________ many people thought the same thing about smartphones and smart homes. Up to now, over 70 percent of American adults have owned a smartphone and 1.9 billion smart home devices have been installed. If smart cities are (10) ____________ like these other smart innovations, we will see them appear in our communities sooner rather than later. II. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. self-driven decrease intelligent
estimate
circuits
booming
digitization
non-renewable
technology
advancements
The cities of the future will see a large number of (1) __________________ homes that can communicate with their owners. In fact, things that were earlier considered science fiction are already coming to life in smart cities such as Masdar in the United Arab Emirates, where an automated underground transport network fully by solar power is already running (2) __________________. With smart (3) __________________, the possibility of having huge savings on electricity and power is within our reach. Sensors are being developed so that street lights of the future will switch on only when you are close by. The smart technology in (4) ___________________ cars will enable you to save on gas and other (5) __________________ energy sources. In fact, smart cities will aim to neutralize the use of fossil fuels completely. The cities of the future will have to adapt quickly to rapid technological (6) __________________ in IT and engineering. The gap between technological leaps is going to (7) __________________ over time. Technology will help bridge the current gap between the government and public in the cities of the future, given that IT and (8) __________________ will make these cities more open and social. Another thing that we can all agree on is that the cost of building in these smart cities is going to be considerable. An (9) ____________________ can be derived based on the latest smart city developments in India. With the (10) ___________________ population, the Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi is pushing to attract investments to fuel rapid development projects in the country. III. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. PREDICTIONS ABOUT THE CITIES OF THE FUTURE Cities are built to (1) ____ and prosper. Over the years, we have learned to transform our surroundings according to our needs. We have (2) ____ through mountains to make more land and created artificial islands to make skyscrapers. City planning, as an organized profession, has existed for less than a century. (3) ____, a considerable (4) ____ of evidence (both archaeological and historical) proves the existence of fully planned cities in ancient times. Over the years, humans have made some mistakes in terms of using an excessive amount of resources for cities. This gives rise to the question of (5) ____ sustainable the cities of the future would be.
We might be (6) ____ at smart cities in which street lights would only switch on when you are close (7) ____ traffic light would be eliminated by smart driving. The cities of the future would try to save our resources (8) ____ than deplete them. An example of an advanced city is Kansas. Plans are in place to make Kansas a smart futuristic city in the future. Planners are considering introducing sensors to monitor the water mains. Warning would be issued to city officials when the (9) ____ requires repair or replacement. In this way, the city would never be at risk of having broken pipes. While the idea sounds fantastic, a large amount of rational critique has called this plan an oversold dream. Amy Glasmier is an urban planning professor at MIT. She is a smart city skeptic who believes that all the research and talk is great but gravely (10) ____. 1. A. find
B. act
C. survive
D. celebrate
2. A. experience
B. cut
C. decrease
D. pollute
3. A. But
B. Therefore
C. Although
D. However
4. A. number
B. amount
C. percent
D. static
5. A. what
B. how
C. when
D. which
6. A. looked
B. look
C. looking
D. looks
7. A. at
B. by
C. of
D. from
8. A. rather
B. more
C. would
D. less
9. A. requests
B. research
C. infrastructure
D. dependence
10. A. consider
B. future
C. urban
D. oversold
IV. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. Today's urban cities are practically bursting at the seams. According to research from the United Nations, 54 percent of the world's population lives in urban cities areas, a percentage that is expected to increase to over 66 percent by 2050. In fact, India alone is projected to add 404 million urban dwellers to its population by 2050. This rapid growth of the urban population has caused daunting problems for city planners, such as overcrowded roads, excessive energy consumption and unemployment. Therefore, to build more sustainable cities and accommodate the growing number of residents, many city leaders are turning to the Internet of things (IoT). The IoT has forever changed the way urban cities operate. Cities that were once detached and inaccessible are now intelligent and highly connected. From Amsterdam to Seoul, cities are launching smart city projects to help improve quality of life residents and better support the environment. According to research from IHS Technology, there will be at least 88 smart cities globally by 2025, up from 21 in 2013.
San Francisco, for example, provides more than 100 charging stations in various locations to promote the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce harmful greenhouse gas emissions. Copenhagen is also taking advantage of the lot to improve environmental protection and reduce road traffic by developing smart bikes equipped with sensors that generate date on air contamination and traffic congestion. The possibilities afforded by the IoT are endless; however, designing smart cities quires comprehensive technology infrastructure that is capable of capturing and processing large amounts of data quickly and securely - which is where 4G LTE comes into play. The future looks bright for urban cities. Soon they will be able to do things that only sci-fi enthusiasts could dream of before, like monitoring bridge conditions using intelligent sensors and conserving energy by automatically dimming street lights when no one is around. 1. Some cities which follow this trend of the new technology ____. A. introduce smart bikes to escape air contamination and traffic congestion B. provide charging stations in various locations for cars and bikes C. make transportation more eco-friendly and more convenient D. only allow the use of hybrid and electric cars to reduce pollution 2. All of the following are the advantages of the IoT EXCEPT that ____ A. the Internet of Things will be applied in several cities around the world B. the number of smart cities decreases but the quality is much better C. cities around the world become more intelligent and connected D. we may improve quality of life and better support the environment 3. Today's urban cities ____. A. are in fact extremely crowded B. are bursting around the world C. account for 66 percent of the world's population D. have more 404 million dwellers by 2050 4. The potential of the IoT includes all of the following EXCEPT that ____. A. intelligent sensors can help watch and check bridge conditions carefully B. energy conservation can be done by automatically controlling street lights C. things that only sci-fi enthusiasts could dream of before come true D. comprehensive technology infrastructure to support the IoT is endless 5. The Internet of Things allows the city planners and leaders ____. A. to develop the broadband Internet connectivity in urban cities B. to forget daunting problems, such as overcrowded roads, and unemployment
C. to stop the rapid growth of the urban population in most cities D. to make cities more sustainable and provide enough accommodation D. WRITING I. Rewrite these sentences, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same. 1. I don't buy it because I don't have enough money. → If I ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. I didn't buy it because I didn't have enough money. → I would ___________________________________________________________________________ 3. There was a test yesterday. I didn't know that, so I didn't study for it. → If I ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. I'm busy right now, so I can't help you. → I could ___________________________________________________________________________ 5. He's very thin, that's why he feels so cold. → If he _____________________________________________________________________________ 6. I didn't eat breakfast several hours ago, so I am hungry now. → If I ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. If John had played for our football team, we would not have lost the game. → Unless ___________________________________________________________________________ 8. If I won a big prize in a lottery, I'd give up my job. → Unless ___________________________________________________________________________ 9. If you don't like this one, I'll bring you another. → Unless ___________________________________________________________________________ 10. I'll only help you if you promise to try harder.
→ Unless ___________________________________________________________________________ 11. If she doesn't work harder, she'll lose her job. → She'll ____________________________________________________________________________ 12. You can use my car, but have to keep it carefully. → Provided _________________________________________________________________________ 13. If the work is finished by lunch, you can go home. → Get ______________________________________________________________________________ 14. Keeping calm is the secret of passing your driving test. → As long as ________________________________________________________________________ 15. You must work harder or you won't pass the exam. → You won't ________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. Italy
B. Spanish
C. Italian
D. Japanese
2. A. say
B. day
C. pay
D. saw
3. A. poor
B. floor
C. moor
D. boor
4. A. sky
B. Indian
C. China
D. mile
5. A. English
B. empty
C. medicine
D. West
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. prisoner
B. difficult
C. exercise
D. disaster
2. A. improvement
B. occasion
C. believe
D. interest
3. A. influential
B. opportunity
C. temperament
D. expectation
4. A. picture
B. number
C. water
D. advice
5. A. organize
B. embarrass
C. discourage
D. surrounding
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. Your brother's here, ____? A. is he
B. are he
C. isn't he
D. aren't he
2. That was Ann on the phone, ____? A. was it
B. was that
C. wasn't that
D. wasn't it
B. did he
C. do Tom
D. does he
B. is she
C. wasn't she
D. was Mary
C. doesn't she
D. she does
3. Tom didn't see her, ____? A. did Tom 4. Mary wasn't angry, ____? A. was she
5. Susan doesn't like oysters, ____? A. did she
B. does she
6. Nothing serious will be expected in the process of building our smart city, ____? A. will it
B. won't it
C. will they
D. won't they
7. Since 2007, Boston police have been using Shotspotter, a system that allows them to ____ the location of shots fired immediately. A. detect
B. select
C. collect
D. realize
8. I'm not old enough to understand the master plan of our city by 2050, ____? A. am I
B. am not I
C. aren't I
D. are you
9. By 2050, seven out of every 10 people on Earth will be a(n) ____. A. shelter
B. urban residence
C. city developer
D. city dweller
10. Study after study has shown that nature improves human health and well-being, ____? A. has it
B. hasn't it
C. doesn't it
D. does it
11. If someone ____ into the store, smile and say "May I help you?" A. comes
B. came
C. will come
D. would come
12. If you ____ all of my questions, I ____ anything to help you. A. don't answer / can't do
B. didn't answer/ won't do
C. wouldn't answer / can't do
D. wouldn't answer/ couldn't do
13. "Here's my phone number." - "Thanks, I ____ you a call if I ____ some help." A. will give / will need
B. would give / needed
C. give / need
D. will give / need
14. The teacher was absent today, so class was canceled. If she ____ absent again tomorrow, the class ____ tomorrow, too. A. is / will cancel
B. is / will be canceled
C. was / would be canceled
D. was / would cancel
15. I won't lend you this money ____ you promise to pay it back. A. in case
B. if
C. otherwise
D. unless
16. Many scientists are cautiously ____ that the earth can feed more than nine billion people. A. interested
B. pessimistic
C. optimistic
D. negative
17. Vancouver is often considered to be one of the most ____cities in the world. A. fit
B. liveable
C. endurable
D. suitable
18. The Saudi government is investing billions in ____ to support the enormous influx of people in Mecca. A. streets
B. roads
C. bridges
D. infrastructure
19. Telecommunications and cloud computing will ____ transportation for moving ideas and intellectual property. A. change
B. replace
C. remove
D. eliminate
20. ____ structure in Hanoi will be changed with the development of satellite areas. A. City
B. Downtown
C. Urban
D. Town
IV. Identify the underlined word or phrase that must be changed to make the sentence correct. 1. If I had known English better, I would apply for that job. A
B
C
D
2. His English friend told him that he would help him to learn English if he has time. A
B
C
3. If you were a fish, what kind of fish will you be? A
B
C
D
4. Frank would have passed the test if he studied more often. A
B
C
D
5. Unless Mary could be an animal, she would like to be a dolphin. A
B
C
D
6. Unless we had more rain, our crop would grow faster. A
B
C
D
7. The thief would steal money if he were rich. A
B
C
D
8. If I were to have a lot of money, I will buy that building. A
B
C
D
9. If were I in your position, I would have another check. A
B
C
D
10. I couldn't possibly go there if my parents gave me some money. A
B
C
D
D
V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. mini-urban
liveable
housing
running
transforms
urban core
commute
connections
together neighbourhoods
Helsinki already ranks as one of the world's most (1) _____________ cities, but by 2050, it may top the list. Over the next few decades, Helsinki expects to add around 250,000 new residents. But the more the population grows, the fewer cars will be on city streets as Helsinki (2) _____________ itself into a network of (3) _______________ that are virtually car-free. Right now, like many cities, Helsinki has a compact (4) _____________ linked to far-flung suburbs by expressways. As the city grows, each suburb will change into a (5) ______________ center surrounding tram or trail stations. Helsinki expects its busy expressways to become boulevards lined with new (6) ___________________, sidewalk cafes, bike lanes, and trams and buses. Residents will run everyday errands on foot or by bike; the city hopes that homes, businesses, schools, and stores will all be close enough (7) ________________ that many people might not even have to (8) ______________ anymore. Helsinki is described as a green network city which has five green fingers (9) _____________ through the city from sea to surrounding forest network. Most of the new development will be located on brownfield areas, and on transforming motorway corridors. The city also plans to add parks along the shoreline and add new (10) _____________ to nearby islands. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. WHAT WILL LIFE BE IN 2050? I find it (1) ____ fascinating thinking about the future, as technology is rapidly advancing and in 40 years' time, who knows what we'll be able to do with it. Scientists have recently predicted that (2) ____ 2050 the population of the world will be over ten billion and technology will have advanced so greatly (3) ____ we will have far more information about all known diseases and possibly cures), we will all be living in eco houses and will no longer face high electricity bills and we may even be able to make a holiday to Mars. Our daily lives will definitely be filled with all kinds of new technologies that help us do the things we hate nowadays. House Robo's will be a likely feature in all homes and will help run the family home, take out the rubbish, prepare food and hoover the house from top to bottom. Our kitchen gadgets (such as your fridge, cooker, microwave and dishwasher) will also be 'robotic' and will email or text us, the users, when a food item has gone out of date or has been used up. (4) ____, the fridge has a built-in camera so that when you are at the supermarket, you can log in to your fridge and (5) ____ what you need to stock up on.
It is predicted that by 2050 we will all have 'weekly digital health checks' in our homes, which run sensors over our bodies to check for signs of ill (6) ____ and any abnormalities. Conditions can instantly be (7) ____ by the ‘virtual doctor’ inside the health machine and treated immediately, and if you need a prescription - it will be ordered and sent out automatically. If the digital health check picks up on a person being overweight, they will send a signal to the (8) ____ house computer to (9) ____ their diet and book in for gym sessions. Because of all this immediate treatment, people will live far longer and won't be (10) ____ out by disease or forms of cancer. Medical conditions that are considered rare today will be far more known about and will be able to be cured quickly and efficiently. 1. A. absolutely
B. extinctively
C. disappeared
D. absolute
2. A. in
B. at
C. by
D. since
3. A. that
B. what
C. which
D. when
4. A. Finally
B. Contrarily
C. Differently
D. Similarly
5. A. give
B. find
C. check
D. connect
6. A. disease
B. health
C. ruin
D. tiredness
7. A. recognizing
B. recognized
C. recognition
D. recognize
8. A. national
B. town
C. domestic
D. international
9. A. modify
B. recycle
C. conclude
D. make
10. A. blown
B. wiped
C. broke
D. went
VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. The Rise of Robots As kids, our grandparents frequently scared us by talking about how difficult life was when they were growing up. They mentioned walking miles to school in the snow, or doing hours of manual labour for little pay. Life has changed greatly since then, and it seems to get easier year by year. In fact, with the help of robots we soon might have to do much at all. But is this a good thing? By 2030, it's estimated that robotics will be a $10 billion business worldwide. Companies are already starting to integrate them into the workforce. The electronics manufacturer Foxconn is drawing up plans to launch a factory within the next 10 years that's completely staffed by robot workers. Meanwhile, an American company Briggo has invented a robot that serves gourmet-quality coffee to customers. With the push of a button it will crush coffee beans, measure exact quantities of water, and even wave a steam wand to ensure customers get the perfect cream on top. Unlike human baristas, it can serve multiple drinks at once and work all day and night without a break. Robots are also invading our homes. The Rooma is a mini-robot that vacuums rooms automatically according to a schedule. The Robomow is a device that will cut the grass for you while you sit in the shade. Then there's the Nanda clocky, an alarm clock that makes sure that even the deepest sleepers get up on
time. The clock is attached to a pair of wheels, and it will randomly move around the room. Once you finally catch it, you're probably too awake to hit the snooze button. Although these early home robots are somewhat basic, they will likely become more capable as times goes on. Although robots certainly help us to eliminate tedious tasks, many people are concerned about a future filled with robots. Some fear that humanity will start to decline if machines do everything for us. Others have even warned about the robot rebellion, in which robots become so smart that they may decide to turn on their masters. These ideas may seem a bit far-fetched, but there are certainly lots of questions that need to be answered before everyone opens up to the idea of a robotic future. Question 1. How is Briggo's invention superior to human workers? A. It is more knowledgeable about coffee-making. B. It is better at conversation. C. It requires no break D. It can operate machinery. Question 2. What would happen if you pressed the snooze button? A. You would have to wake up immediately B. The alarm clock would turn off forever C. The alarm would stop, but go off again soon D. Nothing would happen at all Question 3. Which of the following is NOT true about the concerns over robots? A. It takes some time for people to accept robots. B. Robots may do some harm to humans. C. The idea of robotics may seem far-fetched. D. Robots may be dominant at the workplace. Question 4. The word "tedious" in the last paragraph mostly means ____. A. boring
B. difficult
C. intelligent
D. expensive
Question 5. What is the last paragraph mainly about? A. Some reasons why people don't accept robots yet. B. A very amusing science-fiction story about robots. C. How people in local communities are supporting robots. D. A few of the latest robots on the market today. Question 6. According to the first paragraph, how is the life changed since our parents time? A. The education system has got much worse B. Things aren't as hard as they once were
C. Children have to walk longer distance to school D. It hasn't changed much at all Question 7. All of the following are true about robots EXCEPT that ____. A. they can work all day and night without break B. they have greater capabilities C. they can draw up plans to launch a story D. they can do boring tasks for human Question 8. We can infer from the passage that ____. A. present domestic robots can work without any programs B. the communication will decline with the use of robots C. a robot rebellion can happen daily D. robotics will have been a major business by 2030 Unit 10. HEALTHY LIFESTYLE AND LONGEVITY PART 1: VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR REVIEW A. VOCABULARY be attributed to
/əˈtrɪbjuːtɪd /
quy cho
boost
/buːst/
(v)
đẩy mạnh, nâng lên
dietary
/ˈdaɪətəri/
(adj)
thuộc về chế độ ăn uống
immune system
/ɪˈmjuːn ˈsɪstəm/
(n)
hệ miễn dịch
life expectancy
/ˈlaɪf ɪkˈ spektənsi/
(n)
tuổi thọ
meditation
/ˌmedɪˈteɪʃn/
(n)
sự suy ngẫm, sự trầm mặc suy tưởng
natural remedy
/ˌnætʃrəl ˈremədi/
(n.p)
phương pháp trị liệu dựa vào thiên nhiên
nutrition
/njuˈtrɪʃn/
(n)
sự dinh dưỡng
nutritious
/njuˈtrɪʃəs/
(adj)
bổ dưỡng, có chất dinh dưỡng
prescription medicine /prɪˈskrɪpʃn - ˈmedsn/ (n)
thuốc do bác sĩ kê đơn
stress-free
/stres - friː/
(adj)
không bị căng thẳng
workout
/ˈwɜːkaʊt/
(n)
luyện tập thể lực
B. GRAMMAR REVIEW I. REPORTED SPEECH WITH CONDITIONAL SENTENCES (câu điều kiện gián tiếp) 1. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 1:
- Nếu trong câu nói trực tiếp có câu tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 1, khi chuyển sang dạng tường thuật sẽ lùi 1 thì thành câu điều kiện loại 2. Ex:
Jim said "If I catch the bus, I'll be home by six". => Jim said that if he caught the bus, he would be home by six. (Jim nói rằng nếu anh ta bắt kịp xe buýt, anh ta sẽ về nhà vào lúc 6 giờ.) Khi chuyển thành câu tường thuật phải lùi 1 thì: catch thành caught, will be home thành would be
home. 2. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 2: - Khác với cầu điều kiện loại 1 trong cấu tường thuật, cầu điều kiện loại 2 khi chuyển từ câu nói trực tiếp sang tường thuật không cần thay đổi về thì. Ex:
My mom said to me "If you had a permit, you could find a job". => My mom told me that if I had a permit, I could find a job. Mẹ tôi nói với tôi là nếu tôi có giấy phép, tôi có thể đi tìm việc. Không có sự khác biệt về thì giữa
câu nói trực tiếp và câu tường thuật. 3. Tường thuật câu điều kiện loại 3: - Tương tự như tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 2, ở câu điều kiện loại 3 khi chuyển câu nói trực tiếp sang tường thuật cũng không cần thay đổi về thì. Ex:
Tom said "If Jenna had loved me, she wouldn't have left like that" => Tom said that if Jenna had loved him, she wouldn't have left like that.
Tom nói rằng nếu Jenna yêu anh ta, cô ấy đã không bỏ đi như vậy. Không có sự khác biệt về thì giữa câu nói trực tiếp và cấu tường thuật. 4. Tường thuật câu điều kiện: If + mệnh đề yêu cầu, đề nghị Chúng ta hãy cùng xem xét ví dụ sau: Jack said "If you have time, clean the living room" => Jack told me to clean the living room if I had time. (Jack bảo tôi dọn phòng khách nếu tôi rảnh.) Hoặc Jack said "If you have time, would you clean the living room?" => Jack asked me to clean the living room if I had time. (Jack hỏi tôi rằng tôi có thể dọn phòng khách không nếu tôi có thời gian rảnh?) 3. Tường thuật cấu điều kiện: If + mệnh để mang ý nghĩa lời khuyên Xem xét thử ví dụ sau: The doctor said "If you are ill, you should go to bed earlier".
=> 'The doctor advised me to go to bed earlier if I was ill. => The doctor advised that if I was ill, I should go to bed earlier. (Bác sĩ khuyên tôi nên đi ngủ sớm nếu tôi bị ốm.) Nhận xét: - Một khi chuyển câu trực tiếp có ý nghĩa khuyên nhủ, bạn nên lùi như tường thuật cầu điều kiện tiếng Anh loại 1, 2, 3 thông thường. Nên thay động từ said bằng advised để thể hiện ý nghĩa đưa ra lời khuyên và sử dụng cấu trúc advise somebody to do something (khuyên một ai làm việc gì đó) hoặc cấu trúc advise that + mệnh đề. - Tương tự như cầu đề nghị, yêu cầu, trong trường hợp này chúng ta cũng chuyển mệnh đề if xuống cuối câu, đứng sau mệnh đề chính khi dùng advise somebody to do something. PART 2: EXERCISES A. PHONETICS I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. studies
B. business
C. functions
D. numbers
2. A. nurse
B. films
C. stops
D. coughs
3. A. language
B. program
C. England
D. applicant
4. A. English
B. French
C. American
D. Celtic
5. A. China
B. Latin
C. skin
D. pronunciation
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. happen
B. visit
C. travel
D. develop
2. A. offer
B. listen
C. precede
D. follow
3. A. interview
B. appropriate
C. employ
D. describe
4. A. support
B. fascinate
C. accept
D. believe
5. A. inform
B. appeal
C. attempt
D. hesitate
B. VOCABUALRY AND GRAMMAR I. Use the words given in the box to complete the sentences. anti-ageing
anti-acne
prescription
expectancy
meditation
healthy
immune
nutritious
sugar - free
stress - free
1. My doctor said that these natural remedies can boost my __________________________ system. 2. One of the main responsibilities of a dietitian is to promote ________________________ and balanced diets. 3. ________________________ drinks are better for your teeth and general health.
4. In addition to a nutritious diet, a _________________________ lifestyle can boost your health and increase your life expectancy. 5. The development of effective medicines has contributed to the increase in the average life ________________________ in some countries. 6. An hour of ________________________ can help you to relieve your stress. 7. Some people believe that ________________________ foods can make them younger. 8. Home-made ________________________ masks based on fruits are completely natural and inexpensive. 9. Doctors should use more legible handwriting when giving _________________________. 10. Some people believe that keeping a diary of daily activities is one simple way to help you to stay ________________________. II. Choose the correct words in brackets to complete the sentences. 1. Antibacterial / Meditation takes many forms, but its core is the ability to control the mind and quieten it down. 2. Learning is the most fundamental brain workout / cholesterol-free - and the more you do it, the more you'll benefit. 3. Research for more recent periods shows a surprising and continuing improvement in life expectancy / oil-free among those aged 80 or above. 4. Many individuals through the ages realised there was a very important link between health, exercise, fitness, meditation, intelligence and longevity / anti-glare. 5. A research suggests that Tai Chi may also slow ageing / fat-free by boosting a certain type of stem cell. 6. Bird's nest soup brings overall benefit to the immune system / alcohol-free and it gives you glowing skin. 7. Widespread gardening provides an opportunity for exercise, sunlight and nutritious / consumption food for people in Okinawa, Japan. 8. The first step in boosting / continuing Nagano's life span was a campaign to reduce salt consumption and promote a healthier diet and lifestyle. III. Use the word given in capitals at the end of each line to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. 1. In the United States, if a food contains less than 0.5 grams of fat in a ________________________, it can be labeled fat-free. (SERVE) 2. Try to avoid glaring on your computer from windows and lights, and use an anti-acne screen if ________________________. (NEED)
3. It's all about their diet and ________________________ that people in the Longevity Hot Spots have already found the secrets of the anti-ageing process. (LIFE) 4. Men should drink no more than four units in any one day and have at __________________________ two alcohol-free days a week. (LESS) 5. Studies have shown that our overuse of _________________________ ingredients has helped to create new resistant bacteria. (BACTERIAL) 6. Although it's impossible to control all the factors involving your skin, you can take measures to reduce the problem with the anti-glare _________________________ at home. (TREAT) 7. After rinsing your face, if your face feels dry, apply a(n) oil-free _______________________. (MOISTURE) 8. Perhaps the key to a stress-free ________________________ is not to remove the cause of the stress, but rather to improve one's response to stress. (EXIST) 9. Kidney beans, almonds, sunflower seeds and walnuts are all ________________________, cholesterolfree sources of protein, fiber and magnesium. (EXCELLENTLY) 10. Sugar-free foods can be helpful if you have diabetes and it is best to support overall wellness and blood sugar ________________________. (REGULAR) IV. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. She's going to the photographer's ____. A. that her photograph be taken
B. to have her photograph taking
C. to have her photograph taken
D. to have taken her photograph
2. The director has promised that ____ finds a solution to this particular problem will be well awarded. A. who
B. the one
C. whoever
D. anyone
3. In order to avoid bad eating habits, you'll have to replace unhealthy fat with more ____ food. A. nutrition
B. nutritional
C. nutritious
D. nutritive
4. If you're tired, even if you feel that you need to get more done, give yourself ____ to sleep. A. request
B. requirement
C. permission
D. permit
5. Bahrain's ____ closed up 10.09 points today at 2160.09. A. stockbroker
B. stock index
C. stock exchange
D. stock option
6. The student failed to meet the necessary ____ for admission to the course. A. fulfillments
B. qualities
C. aptitudes
D. requirements
7. ____ cholesterol is a byproduct of the fat that are found in animal-based foods like eggs, dairy products and meat. A. Diet
B. Dietary
C. Meal
D. Food
8. After ____, people feel more refreshed and alert. A. meditation
B. attention
C. determination
D. prescription
C. will finish
D. had finished
9. Come and see me when you ____ your report. A. finish
B. finished
10. ____ my great surprise, almost everyone agreed ____ him. A. For - to
B. At - from
C. To - with
D. In - of
11. Living to an average of 83 years old, Japan is the nation with the highest ____ in the world. A. lifetime
B. lifework
C. life force
D. life expectancy
12. Make sure the ____ for your glasses or contact lens is up-to-date and adequate for computer use. A. medicine
B. prescription
C. size
D. introduction
13. By cutting down trees we ____ the natural habitat of birds and animals. A. hurt
B. harm
C. damage
D. injure
C. me drinking
D. me to drink
14. The doctor has advised ____ less coffee. A. me drink
B. I will drink
15. Whole grains are high in fiber and contain a variety of ____ that support healthy blood sugar levels. A. nutrition
B. nutrients
C. nutritionists
D. nutritious
16. Good ____, controlling calorie intake and physical activity are the only way to maintain a healthy weight. A. nutrient
B. nutrition
C. malnutrition
D. nutritionists
17. The High Street is so narrow that the council have decided to ____ it. A. extend
B. widen
C. increase
D. lengthen
18. I'm very glad to hear that you share my ____ in Spanish music. A. enjoyment
B. listening
C. interest
D. liking
19. My own ____ for health is less paperwork and more running barefoot through the grass. A. routine
B. treatment
C. medicine
D. prescription
20. The university graduates one of the highest percentages of registered dieticians and ____ in the world. A. nutrition
B. nutritious
C. nutrients
D. nutritionists
C. READING I. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the following passage. Use only one word in each space. reach
emphasis
purpose
active
fraction
traits
adding
socializing
almost
lifestyle
HIGHEST LIFE EXPECTANCY IN THE WORLD
Longevity hot spots are located in regions of different countries where people commonly lead (1) ________________ lives past the age of 100. A blue zone is considered to be a "longevity oasis" and the people who live there are believed to have the longest life expectancy on Earth. The longest living women were found in Okinawa, Japan. Another blue zone was discovered in the mountains of Sardinia, Italy where even men (2) ________________ the age of 100 at an amazing rate, another was discovered on the Nicoya Peninsula of Costa Rica in 2007. Only one of the blue zone is located in the United States. It was found when researchers who were staying in Loma Linda, California discovered they suffered from a (3) ________________ of the diseases that commonly kill people in other parts of the United States and throughout the developed world. The final blue zone was found on an expedition to the island of Ikaria, Greece where they have 50% lower rates of heart disease, 20% less cancer, and (4) ________________ zero dementia - loss of memory. What's their secret formula for (5) __________________ another 10 healthy years? Scientists focused on these longevity hot spots to answer that question and found that while it helps to have good genes, that's less than 30% of the equation. If you adopt the right (6) ________________, they concluded the other 70% can be up to us. Other (7) ________________ the people living in the blue zones have in common include less stress and more (8) ________________, strong (9) __________________ on family, a fresh natural plant based diet, very little red meat and daily exercise. Leading their lives with a sense of (10) __________________ was a big factor. It insures they look forward to getting up in the morning, II. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. In China, it is believed that tai chi can delay ageing and prolong life, increase flexibility, strengthen muscles and tendons, and aid in the treatment of heart disease, high blood (1) ____, arthritis, skin diseases, depression, cancer, and many other (2) ____. (3) ____ of the research on tai chi has been done in older individuals in the area of balance and fall prevention. This area of (4) ____ is important because fall-related injuries are the leading cause of death from injury and disability among older adults. Because tai chi movements are slow and deliberate (5) ____ shifts of body weight from one leg to the other in (6) ____ with upper body movements, it challenges balance and many have long assumed it helps improve balance and reduce fall frequency. In a similar tai chi study of older adults, 54% of the subjects who practised tai chi attributed their improved (7) ____ of confidence to improved balance. One study looked at adults in their 60s and 70s who practised tai chi three times a week for 12 weeks (60-minute classes). After (8) ____ six weeks, statistically significant improvements were observed in balance, muscular strength, endurance, and flexibility measures. Improvements in each of these areas increased (9) ____ after another 12 weeks. The demands of living are stressful for adults of all ages. Although one cannot directly point to studies showing a reduction in stress from practising tai chi, the breathing, movement, and mental
concentration required of individuals who practise tai chi may be just the distraction you need from your hectic (10) ____. 1. A. pressure
B. ceremony
C. request
D. telling
2. A. bride
B. regulations
C. diseases
D. notes
3. A. Almost
B. Most
C. The most
D. Mostly
4. A. research
B. boxe
C. present
D. war
5. A. through
B. for
C. in
D. with
6. A. respect
B. coordination
C. stopping
D. refusal
7. A. sense
B. common
C. marriage
D. divorce
8. A. then
B. as
C. just
D. that
9. A. father
B. further
C. farthest
D. more
10. A. troubles
B. problems
C. lifestyle
D. rounds
III. Read the passage and choose the best answer. Psychologists have debated a long time about whether a child's upbringing can give it the ability to do outstandingly well. Some think that it is impossible to develop genius and say that it is simply something a person is born with. Others, however, argue that the potential for great achievement can be developed. The truth lies somewhere between these two extremes. It seems very obvious that being born with the right qualities from gifted parents will increase a child's ability to do well. However, this ability will be fully realized only with the right upbringing and opportunities. As one psychologist says, “To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel”. Scientists have recently assessed intelligence, achievement, and ability in 50 sets of identical twins that were separated shortly after birth and brought up by different parents. They found that achievement was based on intelligence, and later influenced by the child's environment. One case involving very intelligent twins was quoted. One of the twins received a normal upbringing, and performed well. The other twin, however, was brought up by extremely supportive parents and given every possible opportunity to develop its abilities. That twin, though starting out with the same degree of intelligence as the other, performed even better. This case reflects the general principle of intelligence and ability. The more favorable the environment, the more a child's intelligence and ability are developed. However, there is no link between intelligence and the socioeconomic level of a child's family. In other words, it does not matter how poor or how rich a family is, as this does not affect intelligence. Gifted people cannot be created by supportive parents, but they can be developed by them. One professor of music said that outstanding musicians usually started two or three years earlier than ordinary performers, often because their parents had recognized their ability. These musicians then needed at least
ten years' hard work and training in order to reach the level they were capable of attaining. People who want to have very gifted children are given the following advice: - Marry an intelligent person. - Allow children to follow their own interests rather than the interests of the parents. - Start a child's education early but avoid pushing the child too hard. - Encourage children to play, for example, playing with musical instruments is essential for a child who wants to become an outstanding musician. Question 1: The upbringing of highly intelligent children requires ____. A. an expensive education
B. good musical instruments
C. parental support and encouragement
D. wealthy and loving parents
Question 2: The word "others" used in the first paragraph refers to____. A. other people
B. other scientists
C. other children
D. other geniuses
Question 3: When scientists studied intelligence and ability in twins, they found that ____. A. ability depends mainly on intelligence and achievement B. intelligence and development are irrelevant to ability C. ability depends both on intelligence and on environment D. different twins generally have different levels of ability Question 4: Scientists chose twins for their study because ____. A. each twin has the same environment as his/her twin B. they are born into the same family, hence the same upbringing C. they have the same economic background and hence the same opportunities D. they have the same genetic background, usually with similar intelligence Question 5: How were great musicians different from ordinary musicians in their development? A. Their ability was realized at an early stage and then nurtured. B. They practice playing their instruments for many years. C. They concentrated on music to the exclusion of other areas. D. They were exceptionally intelligent and artistic. Question 6: The remark: "To have a fast car, you need both a good engine and fuel." in the passage means that in order to become a genius ____. A. you need to have good health and good nourishment B. you need intelligence and you need to develop it C. you should try to move quickly and efficiently D. you must nourish your brain and train your muscles hard
Question 7: All of the following statements are true EXCEPT ____. A. a child's intelligence is influenced by that of his/her parents B. to become successful, a child needs both native intelligence and development C. studying different twins is a useful scientific procedure D. educational development depends completely on economic well-being. D. WRITING I. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. 1. Mark said, "I went camping 5 days ago." ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. "If Brain doesn't train harder, I won't select him for the team" said the manager. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. "Our correspondent in Paris sent this report some days ago" said the editor in-chief. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. "How long have you been waiting here?" the girl asked me. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. "Do not write on the wall" said the teacher to the boys. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. “Take your place in the queue" the nurse said to the old man. ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. "How many jobs have you had since you left school?" the interviewer asked Jack. ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. "Why didn't you report the incident to the police last week?" the officer asked the frightened witness. ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. "Why hasn't Peter phoned?" she wondered. ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. "If I were you, I wouldn't trust Peter" she told John. ______________________________________________________________________________ II. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. 1. "I'll take you to the zoo tomorrow" my mother said to me. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Jane said to Bill "When do you expect to finish your assignment?" ______________________________________________________________________________
3. The man said to the boy "Can you show me the way to the bank?" ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. The man asked the postman "Are there any letters for me today” ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Henry said to the librarian "How many books can I borrow at a time" ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. John asked his friend "How did you manage to know my telephone number? “ ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Rose said "I was just leaving for the office" ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. Ann asked her brother "What are you planning to do tomorrow?" ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. She asked her boyfriend "Is it true that your father fought in the last war?" ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. He said "I don't understand why she has refused to join us on the trip" ______________________________________________________________________________ III. Change the following sentences to Indirect speech. 1. Tom said to me "If I have spare time, I will go fishing with you". ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. The teacher told us “If it doesn't rain tomorrow, we can go for a picnic." ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. "Unless you study harder, you will fail the exam" said his parents. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. "If she goes to the party, she will have a lot of fun." said Peter. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. "If you need help, I will be willing to help you with the difficult exercises" my sister said. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. Linda said "I would have come to the party if I hadn't been so busy last week." ______________________________________________________________________________ 7. Tom told me "If I were you, I would look for another job." ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. My friend said to me "What would you do if someone gave you a million pounds?"
______________________________________________________________________________ 9. The gardener said "If I didn't water these plants yesterday, they could die." ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. The doctor said to the patient "You won't feel better unless you takes these medicine." ______________________________________________________________________________ PART 3: TEST YOURSELF I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. recognize
B. medium
C. Japanese
D. seat
2. A. spontaneous
B. official
C. control
D. work
3. A. carry
B. battle
C. day
D. hat
4. A. near
B. bear
C. hear
D. dear
5. A. said
B. brain
C. drain
D. train
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. swallow
B. survive
C. digest
D. finish
2. A. product
B. satisfy
C. pleasure
D. however
3. A. happiness
B. rewrite
C. eject
D. oblige
4. A. compare
B. compose
C. company
D. consist
5. A. manage
B. recognize
C. argue
D. discriminate
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D to complete the sentences. 1. The government proposes to increase the excise ____ on tobacco A. fee
B. money
C. obligation
D. duty
C. electrify
D. electrical
2. When I was a boy we had no ____ in this village. A. electric
B. electricity
3. Baking soda is considered the best home ____ for acne as it sooths itching and inflammation around spots. A. dealing
B. medicine
C. remedy
D. substance
4. Most ____ is caused by wishing things that you are unable to achieve them right now. A. disease
B. injury
C. stress
D. wound
5. Ann could not speak Chinese and ____ could John. A. either
B. also
C. neither
D. so
6. By tomorrow morning everything ____ set up in time for the performance. A. will have been
B. will be
C. had already been
D. have already been
7. By paying attention to your hunger signals and switching to healthy snacks, you can ____ nutrition, control cravings, and lose weight. A. succeed
B. boost
C. stimulate
D. request
8. Reducing saturated fat is the single most important ____ change you can make to cut blood cholesterol. A. life
B. food
C. menu
D. dietary
9. He was very ashamed ____ his friend's bad manner. A. at
B. of
C. on
D. through
10. HIV is listed as one of the most life-threatening ____ diseases. A. antibiotics
B. infectious
C. nutritious
D. check-up
11. The acid in nonstick pans is associated with birth and developmental defects, ____ system problems, and cancer. A. immune
B. immunity
C. immunization
D. immunized
12. Whey protein may account for many of the health benefits ____ to dairy products. A. believed
B. attributed
C. resulted
D. dietary
13. Not only my son but also I ____ tired from walking so far. A. is
B. are
C. am
D. were
14. Many doctors recommend ____ as a way to reduce stress. A. medication
B. thinking
C. silence
D. calmness
15. Chocolate and cakes cause our blood sugar to rise and give us a quick ____. A. boost
B. power
C. action
D. success
16. They all laughed because the film was very ____. A. amuse
B. amusement
C. amused
D. amusing
17. 'Which of these two men is Chinese?' – ‘____ is.’ A. Both of them
B. All of them
C. Neither of them
D. None of them
18. A ____ makes the body more efficient and enhances the body's ability to respond to stress. A. fitness
B. morning exercise
C. training
D. workout
19. Tobacco not only affects you and the people around you, but can ____ to serious health conditions including lung and heart disease. A. go
B. influence
C. lead
D. point
20. The committee ____ among themselves for hours. A has been arguing
B. have been arguing
C. has been argued
D. have been argued
IV. Put the correct preposition for the sentences below. immune
dietary
nutritious
expectancy
boost
remedies
prescription
attributed
1. Obese patients should strictly follow health experts' _______________________________. 2. Science has shown that many types of chronic diseases are _________________________ to people's bad eating habits. 3. My doctor gave me a _________________________ for antibiotics. 4. You can _________________________ your health by leading a stress-free life, eating low-cholesterol food and exercising every day. 5. In general, Japanese people having higher life _________________________ than people in other countries because their diet is rich in fish. 6. Lack of exercise and fatty food consumption can weaken our _________________________ system. 7. Honey and lemon juice are often used as natural _________________________ for coughs. 8. School canteens should provide only highly _________________________ meals to young children. V. Choose the word in the box to complete the text. conscious
well-being
obligations
dealing
endorphins refers
balance
well-balanced
Take
properly
Having a healthy lifestyle is not just about eating healthily and exercising. It often (1) _______________ to having a balance between work and life. To start with, make sure you get plenty of sleep. Some research suggests that teenagers need more sleep than adults, however, it's often the case that they get less than they need. With homework and social (2) ________________, you can be staying up late still have to get up early to get to classes, work or other activities. To function (3) _______________, your body and mind need a minimum of eight hours of sleep each night. Eating a (4) _______________ diet can sound much easier than it is. A lot of people are really (5) _______________ about what they eat, and try and make healthy choices. If you think you have too much junk food and want to make some changes to your diet, don't try and eliminate all junk food. You should drink plenty of water, eat a balance of protein, whole grains, fruit and vegetables daily, and don't skip breakfast - eat something for breakfast every day. Exercising regularly is part of having a healthy lifestyle. Physical activity helps build a strong body and mind. Doing physical activity releases (6) ________________, which are a chemical your body produces, which gives you a good feeling. Physical activity is also an effective way to manage moods and is a really good lifestyle choice to improve your overall (7) _______________.
Having friends and family that you can confide in is really important. To be a healthy person, you need to have people around you that you can talk to about what's happening to you, rather than (8) _______________ with them alone. Another important part of having a healthy lifestyle is remembering to "play". Just taking time to laugh, have fun and being around people who make you feel good is part of having (9) _______________ in your life. (10) _______________ time to learn about what makes you feel good and remember to include some of those things in your day. VI. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage. HEALTH BENEFITS OF YOGA Yoga is a healthy lifestyle. One of the (1) ____ of yoga is that you can choose a yoga style that is suitable for your lifestyle, such as hot yoga, power yoga, relaxation yoga, etc. If you are a yoga beginner, Hatha Yoga, (2) ____ focuses on basic postures at a comfortable pace, would be great for you. If you want to increase (3) ____ through using more of your own body's resistance, Power Yoga may be right for you. Whether you prefer you're at home, in a available to suit your goals and needs. Improved (4) ____ is one of the first and most obvious benefits of yoga. During your first class, you probably won't be able to touch your toes. (5) ____ if you stick with it, you'll notice a gradual loosening, and eventually, seemingly impossible poses will become possible. Each of the yoga poses (6) ____ to (7) ____ the muscles around the spine, the very center of your body, which is the core from which everything else operates. When the core is working properly, posture is improved, thus (8) ____ back, shoulder, and neck pain. Strong muscles do more than look good. They also protect us from conditions like arthritis and back pain, and help prevent falls in elderly people. And when you build strength through yoga, you balance it with flexibility. If you just went to the gym and lifted weights, you might build strength at the (9) ____ of flexibility. Yoga gets your blood flowing. More specifically, the relaxation exercises you learn in yoga can help your circulation, especially in your hands and feet. Yoga also gets more oxygen to your cells, which function better as a result. Twisting poses are thought to wring out venous blood from internal organs and allow oxygenated blood to flow in once the twist is related. Many studies found that a consistent yoga practice improved (10) ____ and led to greater levels of happiness and better immune function. 1. A. disadvantages
B. ritual
C. benefits
D. differences
2. A. that
B. which
C. who
D. when
3. A strong
B. strongly
C. strengthen
D. strength
4. A. flexibility
B. shell
C. union
D. gratitude
5. A. As
B. But
C. Even
D. On
6. A. was built
B. builds
C. is built
D. are built
7. A. weaken
B. release
C. increase
D. reinforce
8. A. alleviating
B. ceremony
C. approaching
D. creation
9. A. life
B. depth
C. expense
D. death
10. A. trouble
B. problem
C. confliction
D. depression
VII. Read a text about common wedding rituals in the USA and answer the questions that follow. Acupuncture involves the insertion of very thin needles through the patient's skin at specific points on the body, and the needles are inserted to various depths. The medical community is not in conclusive agreement about how acupuncture works scientifically. However, we know that it does have some therapeutic benefits, including pain relief. According to WHO, acupuncture is effective for treating 28 conditions, while evidence indicates it may have an effective therapeutic value for many more. People with tension, headaches or migraines may find acupuncture to be very effective in alleviating their symptoms. Another study found that twice weekly acupuncture treatments relieve debilitating symptoms of zerostomia - severe dry mouth - among patients treated with head and neck cancer. Traditional Chinese medicine explains that health is the result of a harmonious balance of the complementary extremes of yin and yang of the life force known as chi or qi. Qi is said to flow through pathways in the human body. Through 350 acupuncture points in the body, these pathways and energy flows may be accessed. Illness is said to be the consequence of an imbalance of the forces. If needles are inserted into these points with appropriate combinations, it is said that the energy flow can be brought back into proper balance. In Western societies and several other parts of the world, acupuncture is explained, including concepts of neuroscience. Acupuncture points are seen by Western practitioners as places where nerves, muscles and connective tissue can be stimulated. Acupuncture practitioners say that the stimulation increases blood flow while at the same time triggering the activity of our own body's natural painkillers. 1. The word “triggering” in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to ____. A. making something happen suddenly
B. making something develop very quickly
C. causing a device to start operating
D. causing something to explore
2. With the practice of acupuncture, it is believed that ____. A. patients can get proper balance between yin and yang B. illness causes the imbalance of qi throughout the body
C. the energy flow can be brought back to patients D. energy can go through acupuncture points in the body 3. It is thought that acupuncture is effective in treating all of the following symptoms EXCEPT ____. A. migraines
B. nervousness
C. headaches
D. cancer
4. According to Western medicine, the insertion of needles through acupuncture points in the body may ____. A. help to explain where nerves and muscles can be stimulated B. increase blood flow and stimulate our instinct of pain relief C. stimulate the effect of painkillers in our bodies for treatment D. be used only in China and the Far East not the Western countries 5. In acupuncture, the insertion of the very thin needles involve with ____. A. agreement from scientists
B. the locations, and the depths
C. the thinness of needles and skin
D. therapeutic benefits of pain relief
THE SECOND TERM TEST I. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined. 1. A. entrance
B. diploma
C. exchange
D. apply
2. A. pursue
B. curtain
C. furniture
D. further
3. A. admission
B. profession
C. passion
D. passive
4. A. certificate
B. decorate
C. undergraduate
D. doctorate
5. A. consult
B. campus
C. discussion
D. subject
6. A. tutor
B. master
C. tuition
D. transcript
7. A. intact
B. dynasty
C. citadel
D. royal
8. A. heritage
B. passage
C. teenage
D. package
9. A. distinctive
B. diversity
C. irresponsible
D. islet
10. A. relic
B. limestone
C. ruin
D. scenic
11. A grotto
B. poetic
C. worship
D. dome
12. A. cruise
B. mosaic
C. cuisine
D. craftsman
13. A. diploma
B. grotto
C. doctorate
D. dome
14. A. citadel
B. climate
C. bachelor
D. diploma
15. A. disease
B. cause
C. university
D. preserved
16. A. current
B. sustainable
C. infrastructure
D. rubbish
17. A. climate
B. liveable
C. city
D. discussion
18. A. solar
B. infrastructure
C. designer
D. focus
19. A. upgraded
B. consumption
C. urban
D. unbelievable
20. A. dweller
B. detect
C. technology
D. eco-friendly
II. Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the others. 1. A. diploma
B. doctorate
C. internship
D. scholarship
2. A. undergraduate
B. university
C. baccalaureate
D. accommodation
3. A. eligible
B. kindergarten
C. magnificent
D. secondary
4. A. coordinator
B. opportunity
C. international
D. similarity
5. A. abundant
B. masterpiece
C. demolish
D. mosaic
6. A. mandatory
B. magnificent
C. harmonious
D. imperial
7. A. picturesque
B. heritage
C. emperor
D. dynasty
8. A. geological
B. archaeologist
C. irresponsible
D. itinerary
9. A. doctorate
B. dynasty
C. breathtaking
D. acknowledge
10. A. ecological
B. environmental
C. archaeological
D. analytical
11. A. pessimistic
B. optimistic
C. overcrowded
D. innovative
12. A. residential
B. environment
C. insoluble
D. enjoyable
13. A. infrastructure
B. sustainable
C. inhabitant
D. renewable
14. A. generate
B. understand
C. innovate
D. maximize
15. A. meditation
B. longevity
C. expectancy
D. cholesterol
16. A. essential
B. survival
C. nutrition
D. vegetable
17. A. acupuncture
B. supermarket
C. necessary
D. simultaneous
18. A. dietary
B. variety
C. obesity
D. bacteria
19. A. remedy
B. dramatic
C. quality
D. paradise
20. A. longevity
B. expectancy
C. sustainable
D. individual
III. Choose the best one (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentence or replace the underlined word. 1. Ha Long Bay is one of the most ____ UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Vietnam. A. surprising
B. shocking
C. breathing
D. breathtaking
2. So far, global warming and its effects ____ the health of older people and children. A. has threaten
B. had been threatening
C. are threatening
D. have been threatening
3. The reduction of the protective ozone layer ____ many more cases of skin cancer. A. caused
B. causes
C. has caused
D. is caused
4. Hue Imperial Citadel is the home of Vietnam's last royal dynasty ____ our country from 1802 to 1945. A. to ruled
B. being ruled
C. to rule
D. ruled
5. A cable car system gives poor slum ____ better access to jobs. A. citizens
B. dwellers
C. villagers
D. residences
6. Helsinki is a model for the future of ____ smart growth. A. country
B. rural
C. urban
D. town
7. A nation with a strong ____ would be successful in creating numerous smart cities. A. transportation
B. transfer
C. service
D. infrastructure
8. The student failed to meet the necessary ____ for admission to the course. A. fulfillments
B. qualities
C. aptitudes
D. requirements
9. He got an excellent grade in his examination ____ the fact that he had not worked particularly hard. A. on account of
B. because of
C. in spite of
D. although
10. Despite playing under strength, the village team ____ beat the rivals. A. could
B. were able to
C. couldn't
D. weren't able to
11. The existence of the planet Pluto was not ____ until this century. A. invented
B. explored
C. discovered
D. identified
12. John never comes to class on time and ____. A. neither doesn't Peter Peter
B. neither does Peter
C. so does Peter
D. so doesn't
13. She was ____ in her driving test. What a pity for her! A. successful
B. successive
C. unsuccessful
D. success
14. Neither my brothers nor I ____ interested in playing sports. A. are
B. am
C. have
D. has
15. Is it hard to get around because you don't have a car? Not since I got used ____ the bus. A. with riding
B. to ride
C. riding
D. to riding
16. The ____ at the football match became violent when their team lost. A. spectators
B. groups
C. observers
D. customers
17. I didn't know his address. ____, I would have written to him. A. Because
B. Therefore
C. Consequently
D. Otherwise
18. I disapproved ____ people smoking in public places. A. with
B. of
19. He had to leave early, ____ he?
C. at
D. on
A. mustn't
B. didn't
C. hasn't
D. shouldn't
20. When I leave the school next year I ____ here for ten years. A. teach
B. have taught
C. will teach
D. will have taught
21. She's disappointed because her son's low test scores prevented ____ to the university. A. to admit him
B. him to admit
C. him from being admitted
D. him from admitting
22. The teacher ____ has not yet arrived. A. who I wrote to you
B. I wrote to you about him
C. whom I wrote to you about him
D. I wrote to you about
23. If only we ____ more time, we could have seen more of the country. A. had
B. have had
C. had had
D. would have had
C. will begin
D. would begin
24. It's high time you ____ to study seriously. A. begin
B. began
25. If she hadn't gone out in the rain without a raincoat, she ____ in bed because of catching a cold now. A. weren't
B. hadn't been
C. isn't
D. wouldn't be
26. The government has decided to send more ____ to Saharan countries. A. charity
B. aid
C. collections
D. donations
27. It turned out that we ____ rushed to the airport as the plane was delayed by several hours. A. hadn't
B. should have
C. needn't have
D. mustn't
28. If you're ____ for further education funding from the government, find out what funding is available to you. A. illegal
B. capable
C. eligible
D. affordable
29. UK further education ____ are recognized and respected by employers and academics worldwide. A. qualification
B. experiences
C. limitations
D. possibilities
30. A wide range of ____ and living costs make study in the United States financially possible for many international students. A. fee
B. money
C. fare
D. tuition
31. The style of UK further education is ____, involving high levels of personal contact and support from tutors. A. unique
B. only
C. single
D. individual
32. Warmer conditions will probably lead to more evaporation and rain overall, but individual regions will ____, some becoming wetter and others dryer. A. change
B. claim
C. vary
D. transfer
33. Besides Con Moong Cave, other significant ____ sites have been investigated and excavated. A. experience
B. archaeological
C. important
D. environmental
34. They must figure out how a city can develop to meet the demands of future residents in a ____ and cost-effective way. A. exceptional
B. available
C. sustainable
D. cultural
35. Reykjavik of Iceland is one of the greenest capital cities in Europe, and one of the most ____ cities in the world. A. believable
B. capable
C. liveable
D. endurable
36. Stress ____ is key to achieving a healthier lifestyle. A. removal
B. relaxation
C. relief
D. reduction
37. Many of the ____ in China have failed to meet their promised potential. A. eco cities
B. eco-city
C. ecological cities
D. smartish cities
38. Most of us probably ____ too many carbohydrates. A. flirt
B. destroy
C. consume
D. ban
39. A quick five or ten-minute ____ each morning will help balance your mind for the busy day ahead. A. opinion
B. accident
C. medicine
D. meditation
40. Eating well means ____ your body what it needs, in the most natural way you can manage and afford. A. bearing
B. feeding
C. digesting
D. introducing
IV. Choose the underlined word or phrase - A, B, C or D - that needs correcting. 1. A galaxy, where may include billions of stars, is held together by gravitational attraction. A
B
C
D
2. By measuring the color of a star, astronomers can tell how hot is it. A
B
C
D
3. The city doesn't need no more taxes; everyone pays too much already. A
B
C
D
4. Antique collecting became a significant pastime in the 1800's when old object began to be appreciated for A
B
C
D
their beauty as well as their historical importance. 5. Exploration of the Solar System is continuing, and at the present rate of progress all the planets will have A been contacted within the near 50 years.
B
C
D
V. Fill in the blank with a suitable word. PASSAGE A eliminate
antioxidants
dehydrate
sufficient
uncomfortable routine
sensitive
approximately
maintain
recommended
HOW TO TAKE CARE OF YOUR BODY SKIN To keep your skin healthy, do not go out in the sun without protection. It is also highly (1) __________________ to stay out of the sun during the hottest hours of the day. It is important to use gentle, soap-free skincare products for your cleansing (2) __________________. If you use products that are too harsh, your skin can become extremely dry and feel very (3) ______________________. A shower is better for your skin than a bath, which tends do (4) _________________ the skin. Make sure that the water is lukewarm, rather than hot. Before you get out of the shower, rinse your entire body off really well to (5) ___________________ all traces of your cleansing product. Then, rapidly dry your skin by gently patting your legs, chest, arms, etc. with your towel. Have you noticed that your skin becomes particularly (6) __________________ during the winter months? In fact, the cold weather, as well as the wind and sun, tend to dry out the skin. As soon as the temperature begins to drop, make sure that you dress warmly, and do not forget to protect your hands. For beautiful skin, your body requires (7) __________________ amounts of liquid. Make sure that you drink enough water, (8) __________________ 8 glasses per day. A healthy, well-balanced diet is not only good for your body, but for your skin as well. Each day, you should eat fruits and vegetables, which are rich in (9) __________________. This will help you (10) _________________ beautiful, healthy skin. If you get enough sleep, your skin will look healthy. PASSAGE B promote
practised
lifestyles
thumb
reduces
organs
essential
medicine
stability
transport
Foot massage has been (1) ___________________ in different cultures for years to promote health and well-being. Also, it has been a valuable part of complementary and alternative (2) __________________. Reflexology is an ancient healing practice based on the principle that there are reflex points on the feet that correspond to the body's different (3) ____________________ and glands. These points are located on the soles, ankles, toes and upper part of the foot. In reflexology, pressure is applied to special areas on the feet with specific (4) __________________, finger or hand techniques. Stimulating and applying pressure to these reflexes on the feet is definitely pleasurable, but at the time it helps (5) __________________ good health.
Due to urban (6) __________________, most of us do not use the muscles of our feet properly. Also, improper footwear like tight shoes hamper normal circulation in the feet. You can improve your blood circulation with 10 minutes of daily foot massage. This in turn will help (7) __________________ oxygen to the body's cells, which is (8) ______________________ for overall health. Certain points on the feet are helpful in alleviating symptoms of depression. For instance, the spot in the center of the big toe, the spot at the center of the ball of your foot are associated with emotional (9) __________________ and mental health. One easy way to keep your feet healthy and free from all kinds of foot problem is a regular foot massage. It helps stimulate the muscles around your feet, lessens stiffness and even (10) __________________ pain in the ankles or the heels. VI. Read the passage below and decide which answer A, B, C or D fits each numbered gap. PASSAGE A GLOBAL WARMING Few people now realize the reality of global warming and its effects on the world's climate. Many scientists (1) ____ the blame for recent natural disasters on the increases (2) ____ the world's temperature and are convinced that, more than ever before, the Earth is at (3) ____ from the forces of the wind, rain and sun. According to them, global warming is making extreme weather events, (4) ____ as hurricanes and droughts, even more (5) ____ and causing sea levels all around the world to (6) ____. Environment groups are putting (7) ____ on governments to take action to reduce the amount of carbon dioxide which is given (8) ____ by factories and power plants, thus attacking the problem at its source. They are in (9) ____ more money being spent on research into solar, wind, and wave devices, which could then replace existing power (10) ____ . It looks like global warming is here stay. 1. A. push
B. put
C. pull
D. tend
2. A. in
B. for
C. by
D. next to
3. A. endanger
B. harmful
C. risk
D. threat
4. A. so
B. well
C. such
D. even
5. A. bright
B. strict
C. hardly
D. severe
6. A. raise
B. lift
C. rise
D. arise
7. A. pressure
B. force
C. pression
D. encourage
8. A. off
B. down
C. over
D. away
9. A. request
B. interested C. belief
D. favour
10. A. companies
B. factories
D. generations
C. stations
PASSAGE B The Huong Son Complex of Natural Beauty and Historical Monuments is situated (1) ____ a limestone mountain range, some 60 kilometres southwest of Hanoi. This mountain range was (2) ____ more than 200 million years ago. The Houng Son Complex area is a natural habitat of many rare and valuable species of tropical fauna and flora (3) ____ of primitive men in North Vietnam. (4) ____ of caves are archaeological (5) ____, belonging to the Hoa Binh Culture and dating back to over 10,000 years. In the far past, taking (6) ____ of the local natural beauty, ancient Viet people built a system of hundreds of Buddhist pagodas and temples in caves on mountain sides and streams. The most (7) ____ of those is the Houng Tich Cave, which is also the most beautiful natural cave in the country. In this area, the Huong Pagoda Festival, which is held annually, lasts for one month in spring with the (8) ____ of hundreds of thousands of people, both the Vietnamese and foreigners. The Huong Son Complex (9) ____ three groups of pagodas, temples and caves linked with (10) ____ by waterways. 1. A. on
B. about
C. under
D. above
2. A. began
B. existed
C. formed
D. made
3. A. but also
B. as well as
C. due to
D. according
4. A. Amounts
B. A number
C. The number
D. A great deal
5. A. parts
B. regions
C. sections
D. sites
6. A. advantage
B. benefit
C. support
D. loan
7. A. especially
B. spectacular
C. surprising
D. unavailable
8. A. presence
B. gathering
C. contribution
D. participation
9. A. maintain
B. contains
C. comprises
D. makes up
10. A. one another
B. others
C. an other
D. themselves
VII. Read the passage, and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each question. PASSAGE A Successful students often do the followings while studying. First, they have an overview before reading. Next, they look for important information and pay greater attention to it (which often needs jumping forward or backward to process information). They also relate important points to one another. Also, they activate and use their prior knowledge. When they realize that their understanding is not good, they do not wait to change strategies. Last, they can monitor understanding and take action to correct or “fix up” mistakes in comprehension. Conversely, students with low academic achievement often demonstrate ineffective study skills. They tend to assume a passive role in learning and rely on others (e.g., teachers, parents) to monitor their studying, for example, low-achieving students often do not monitor their understanding of content; they may not be aware of the purpose of studying; and they show little evidence of looking back, or employing
"fix up strategies to fix understanding problems. Students who struggle with learning new information seem to be unaware that they must extent effort beyond simply reading the content to understand and remember it. Children with learning disabilities do not plan and judge the quality of their studying. Their studying may be disorganized. Students with learning problems face challenges with personal organization as well. They often have difficulty keeping track of materials and assignments, following directions, and completing work on time. Unlike good studiers who employ a variety of study skills in a flexible yet purposeful manner, low-achieving students use a restricted range of study skills. They cannot explain why good study strategies are important for learning; and they tend to use the same, often ineffective study approach for all learning tasks, ignoring task content, structure or difficulty. Question 1. What is the topic of the passage? A. Successful and low-academic achieving students B. Successful learners and their learning strategies C. Study skills for high school students D. Effective and ineffective ways of learning Question 2. The word "prior" in the first paragraph is closest meaning to ____. A. important
B. earlier
C. forward
D. good
Question 3. Which of the following could best replace the word “Conversely”in paragraph 2? A. On the contrary
B. In contrast
C. On the other hand
D. all are correct
Question 4. According to the passage, what can be learnt about passive students? A. They depend on other people to organize their learning B. They are slow in their studying C. They monitor their understanding D. They know the purpose of studying Question 5. Which of the followings is NOT an evidence of monitoring studying? A. Being aware of the purpose of studying
B. Monitoring their understanding of content
C. Fixing up mistakes in understanding
D. Looking at their backs
Question 6. According to the passage, to learn new information, low-achieving students do NOT ____. A. just understand it
B. relate it to what they have known
C. simply remember it
D. read it
Question 7. In compared with low-achieving students, successful students use ____. A. aimless study techniques
B. various study skills
C. restricted strategies
D. inflexible study ways
Question 8. The underlined pronoun "They" in the last sentence refers ____.
A. study strategies
B. study skills
C. low-achieving students
D. good studiers
PASSAGE B EDUCATION IN THE FUTURE Education is another area of social life in which information technology is changing the way we communicate. Today's college students may not simply sit in a lecture or a library to learn about their field. Through their computers and the wonders of virtual reality they can participate in lifelike simulated experiences. Consider the following scenario of the future of education made possible through developments in information technology. For children over the age of 10, daily attendance at schools is not compulsory. Some of the older children attend school only once or twice weekly to get tutorial support or instruction from a teacher. For the most part, pupils are encouraged to work online from home. Students must complete a minimum number of study hours per year; however, they may make up these hours by studying at home at times that suit their family schedule. They can log on early or late in the day and even join live classes in other countries. In order to ensure that each student is learning adequately, computer software will automatically monitor the number of hours a week each student studies on-line as well as that students' learning materials and assessment activities. Reports will be available for parents and teachers. The software can then identify the best learning activities and condition for each individual student and generate similar activities. It can also areas of weak achievement and produce special programs adjusted to the students' needs. Question 1. What is the topic of the passage? A. The effect of information technology on education. B. Students don't have to go to school any more. C. Computer software will make sure students learn at home. D. Students can know about their weak aspects to focus. Question 2. How many times are children who are older than 10 required to go to school weekly? A. No time
B. Once or twice
C. Three
D. Four
Question 3. Which of the following could best replace the word "encouraged"? A. discouraged
B. emboldened
C. allowed
D. banned
Question 4. The word “they” in paragraph 2 refers to ____ A. students
B. study hours
C. children
D. Older children
Question 5. Who/What counts the number of hours per week that students spend learning? A. Virtual reality
B. Teacher
C. Parents
D. Computer software
Question 6. What CAN'T the software do? A. Monitor the time the students learn.
B. Design materials for the students.
C. Find out the best activities for the students.
D. Identify weaknesses of the students.
Question 7. What is NOT mentioned as a benefit of information technology to the students? A. Students can stay at home to learn. B. Students can learn at times that suit their schedule. C. Students' learning time won't be monitored. D. Students' weak achievement can be identified. VIII. Write these sentences in another way, beginning as shown. 1. People know that he is armed. He ________________________________________________________________________________ _ 2. It is believed that the man was killed by terrorists. The man ____________________________________________________________________________ 3. People think that the company is planning a new advertising campaign. The company ________________________________________________________________________ 4. It was reported that the President had suffered a heart attack. The President ________________________________________________________________________ 5. It is alleged that the man was driving at 110 miles an hour. The man ____________________________________________________________________________ 6. People know that the expedition reached the South Pole in May. The expedition _______________________________________________________________________ 7. It is said that there is a secret tunnel between them. There _______________________________________________________________________________ 8. People consider that she was the best singer that Australia has ever produced. She ________________________________________________________________________________ 9. It is expected that the weather will be good tomorrow.
The weather _________________________________________________________________________ 10. A lot of people believe that the Prime Minister and his wife have separated. The Prime Minister and his wife _________________________________________________________ 11. It is reported that the building has been badly damaged by the fire. The building _________________________________________________________________________ 12. People have acknowledged that underfunding, contributed to the problem. Underfunding ________________________________________________________________________ 13. People believe that he has special knowledge which may be useful to the police. He ________________________________________________________________________________ _ 14. Journalists suppose that the footballer is earning ten million pounds a year. The footballer ________________________________________________________________________ 15. It is reported that the damage is extensive. The damage _________________________________________________________________________ IX. Change the following sentences into passive. 1. The south coast continues to attract holidaymakers. ______________________________________________________________________________ 2. Somebody has described Keith Jones as the world's greatest guitarist. ______________________________________________________________________________ 3. Robert always hated other children teasing him. ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. Somebody should have offered Mary a drink when she arrived. ______________________________________________________________________________ 5. Kay's questions began to irritate Malcolm. ______________________________________________________________________________ 6. You have to see it to believe it.
______________________________________________________________________________ 7. People are blaming climate change for the recent flooding. ______________________________________________________________________________ 8. Why did no one inform me of the change of the plan? ______________________________________________________________________________ 9. Everybody believed that the plan would fail. ______________________________________________________________________________ 10. We have discovered that a mechanical fault caused the problem. ______________________________________________________________________________ X. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one. 1. The police think the burglar got in through the bathroom window. The burglar___________________________________________________________________ 2. She was sorry that she hadn't applied for the job in the library. She regretted ________________________________________________________________________ 3. People used to think that the earth was flat. It ______________________________________________________________________________ 4. His mother was the most warm-hearted person I've ever known. I've ________________________________________________________________________ 5. People say that the driver was listening to his Walkman at the time of the crash. The driver ________________________________________________________________________ 6. Thanks to the improvement in export sales, the company has had a successful year. Without ________________________________________________________________________ 7. I'm sorry I didn't go to your birthday party last night. I wish ________________________________________________________________________ 8. People believe that the Prime Minister will resign tomorrow. The Prime Minister ____________________________________________________________________ 9. They are going to repair our car next week. We ________________________________________________________________________________ 10. Although it was raining heavily, none of the guests came late.
In spite ________________________________________________________________________
